tm212065-9_s1a - block - 22.1251169s
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 12, 2021.
Registration No. 333-254760
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
3826
47-5586242
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor
Marlborough, MA 01752
(855) 896-8401
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
Brian McKelligon
Chief Executive Officer
Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor
Marlborough, MA 01752
(855) 896-8401
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Michael S. Kagnoff
Patrick J. O’Malley
Andrew Ledbetter
DLA Piper LLP (US)
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, CA 92121
(858) 677-1400
Deanna L. Kirkpatrick
Yasin Keshvargar
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 450-4000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered(1)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share(2)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee(3)
Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share
7,567,000
$20.00
$151,340,000.00
$16,511.19
(1)
Includes 987,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
Of this amount, $12,546.50 was previously paid.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated April 12, 2021.
Preliminary Prospectus
6,580,000 Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_akoya-4clr.jpg]
Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. All of the 6,580,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering are being sold by us.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $18.00 and $20.00. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AKYA.”
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$              $             
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
$ $
(1)
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 987,000 shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers against payment on            , 2021.
Joint Book-Running Managers
J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley
Piper Sandler
Canaccord Genuity
Prospectus dated            , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
12
58
60
61
62
65
67
69
86
105
112
121
124
126
132
134
138
148
148
148
F-1
We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make any other representations, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
Market and Industry Data
We use market and industry data, forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus. We have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on historical market data, and there is no assurance that any of the forecasts or projected amounts will be achieved. The market and industry data used in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic and those discussed in the
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the estimates made by independent parties and by us. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that a third party using different methods to assemble, analyze or compute industry and market data would obtain the same results.
Trademarks and Tradenames
We own various U.S. federal trademarks and unregistered trademarks, including our company name, logo and solution names and other trade or service marks. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.
 
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See the section entitled “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.” Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Akoya,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Akoya Biosciences, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiary.
Overview
We are an innovative life sciences technology company delivering spatial biology solutions focused on transforming discovery and clinical research. Our mission is to deliver a revolutionary new class of spatially derived biomarkers that empower life sciences researchers to better understand disease and clinicians to improve patient outcomes. Spatial biology refers to a rapidly evolving technology that enables academic and biopharma scientists to detect and map the distribution of cell types and biomarkers across whole tissue samples at single cell resolution, enabling advancements in their understanding of disease progression and patient response to therapy. Through our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, reagents, software and services, we offer end-to-end solutions to perform tissue analysis and spatial phenotyping across the full continuum, from discovery through translational and clinical research.
Our spatial biology solutions measure cells and proteins by providing biomarker data in its spatial context while preserving tissue integrity. Biomarkers are objective measures that capture what is happening in a cell or tissue at a given moment. Current genomic and proteomic methods, such as next-generation sequencing (NGS), single-cell analysis, flow cytometry and mass spectrometry, are providing meaningful data but require the destruction of the tissue sample for analysis. While valuable and broadly adopted, these approaches allow scientists to analyze the biomarkers and cells that comprise the tissue but do not provide the fundamental information about tissue structure, cellular interactions and the localized measurements of key biomarkers. Furthermore, current non-destructive tissue analysis and histological methods provide some limited spatial information, but they only measure a minimal number of biomarkers at a time and require expert pathologist interpretation. Our platforms address these limitations by providing end-to-end solutions that enable researchers to quantitatively interrogate a large number of biomarkers and cell types across a tissue section at single cell resolution. The result is a detailed and computable map of the tissue sample that thoroughly captures the underlying tissue dynamics and interactions between key cell types and biomarkers, a process now referred to as spatial phenotyping. We believe that we are the only business with the breadth of platform capabilities that enable researchers to do a deep exploratory and discovery study, and then further advance and scale their study through translational and clinical phases, thereby helping to provide a broad scope of understanding of human biology, disease progression and response to therapy.
We offer two distinct platforms for spatial phenotyping, each designed to serve the unique needs of our customers in the discovery, translational and clinical markets. The first, CODEX, is an ultra-high parameter and cost-effective platform ideally suited for discovery research with the ability to identify more than 40 biomarkers in a tissue sample. The second, Phenoptics, is a high-throughput platform with the automation and robustness needed for translational and clinical applications. Both offer seamless and integrated workflow solutions for our customers, including important benefits such as flexible sample types, automated sample processing, scalability, comprehensive data analysis and software solutions and dedicated field and applications support. With these platforms, our customers are performing spatial phenotyping to further advance their understanding of diseases such as cancer, neurological and autoimmune disorders, and many other therapeutic areas.
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d3-ph_pros4clr.jpg]
Our co-founder and director, Dr. Garry Nolan, originally developed our CODEX technology to better identify biomarkers in discovery research while leading a team at the Leland Stanford Junior University, or Stanford. We license certain patents, know-how and proprietary technology utilized in our CODEX platform from Stanford. In order to expand our offerings to the translational and clinical markets, we acquired our Phenoptics platform in 2018 from PerkinElmer Health Sciences, Inc., or PKI, from whom we license certain patents incorporated into our Phenoptics platform.
As of December 31, 2020, we have over 550 instruments installed across a broad group of customers throughout North America, Europe and APAC, reflecting an increase of 27% in the number of instrument placements over 2019. We generated total revenue of $42.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 and $42.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, successfully managing through significant COVID-19 headwinds, realizing year-over-year growth and minimizing losses through cost containment. We have incurred net losses since inception, including net losses of $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the growth of our business will be propelled by our competitive strengths, including:

Established leader in the spatial biology market with a strong competitive position and proven products.   We believe we are the leading spatial biology company, offering products to hundreds of customers across a diverse base, including leading biopharma companies, academic research centers and governmental institutions worldwide.

Comprehensive solutions that address the entire continuum.   We have a purpose-built portfolio offering instruments, consumables, related software and services to help serve the unique needs of our customers from discovery through translational and clinical research.

Relationships with leading biopharma companies, top research institutions and medical centers.   We have relationships with thought leaders such as Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Johns Hopkins University, University of California San Francisco (UCSF), and MD Anderson, and many other leading biopharma companies, top research institutions and medical centers and contract research organizations.

Large, addressable and rapidly evolving market.   We believe the spatial biology market is in its nascent stages. The market is currently estimated to be $17 billion and growing and spans discovery through translational and clinical research.

Our people.   Our success begins with our people. All of our employees contribute to keeping us at the forefront of the spatial biology market, from research and development, to sales and marketing, and operations and management.
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy includes the following key elements:

Enhance sales and marketing efforts to drive adoption of our solutions with new and existing customers.   To capitalize on the demand for spatial analysis solutions and drive adoption of our platforms across the entire market continuum, we intend to invest heavily to expand our sales and marketing organizations and increase the scale of our outbound marketing activities.

Invest in new applications, content development and workflow improvements to drive pull through.   Our research and development team is dedicated to continuously developing and improving our instruments, reagents menu and software solutions, and delivering a full end-to-end workflow to our customers. As we identify and launch new solutions, we expect to drive incremental reagent and software revenue from existing and new customers.

Continued expansion of next-gen cloud-based data analysis and collaboration platform.   Spatial analysis of tissue generates large and complex image data per sample. Therefore, addressing the big data challenge and delivering next-generation automated intelligence analysis methods will be a key customer need in spatial biology. Our cloud-based Proxima software is an open solution designed to meet both requirements by enabling the storage, sharing, analysis, and visualization of spatial phenotyping images and experimental results generated on our platforms.

Investment in clinical developments to demonstrate validity.   Our collaborations with key opinion leaders in major cancer institutions, universities and large biopharma customers enables us to participate directly in the advancement of our platform from translational research to future potential clinical use. Partnerships such as those with UCSF, Johns Hopkins and Dana Farber Cancer Institute drive the demonstration and validation of the clinical utility of our platform. In partnership with these and other key opinion leaders, we believe we will establish industry standards that further solidify our platform as the go-to clinical spatial biology solution.
Industry and Market Opportunity
Genomics analysis techniques have evolved from bulk genomics to single-cell analysis, and proteomics techniques such as mass spectrometry are advancing to provide cutting-edge unbiased approaches. In parallel, there is a growing need in areas such as immuno-oncology for biomarkers that are more predictive of a patient’s response to therapy. Spatial biology has emerged as a potential answer to these needs and represents one of the next major frontiers in life sciences research. It has become a key area of focus for researchers and clinicians as spatial phenotyping is able to measure protein and cellular interactions, while maintaining spatial context within a selected tissue sample. The result is a visual and computable measurement of histological patterns and an in-depth understanding of disease pathology, adding a new dimension of insights from discovery through clinical and translational research. By providing single-cell resolution with spatial context within a single platform, researchers are able to achieve an understanding of how even small subpopulations of cells can play pivotal roles in disease pathology and patient outcome. In addition, recent innovations within proteomics have enabled unprecedented identification of novel proteins, expanding the need for spatial biology platforms that can functionally characterize these newly discovered proteins.
While spatial biology has many applications, spanning from discovery through translational and clinical research, the leading applications today include:

Immuno-oncology: profiling of a tumor and its microenvironment.

Immunology: supporting sub-specialties such as autoimmune disorders and transplant medicine.

Neuroscience: characterizing neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration.

Infectious disease: understanding the underlying biology of infectious diseases and immune response.

Developmental biology: understanding tissue differentiation and stem cell biology to inform cell therapy development.

Dermatology: immunophenotyping atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and similar dermatological conditions.
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The spatial biology market sits within a larger life sciences technology market. Within this market, spatial biology is currently estimated to be over $17 billion across the discovery, translational and clinical research markets. The market for spatial biology encompasses the full research and drug development continuum, ranging from discovery through translational and clinical research. Each of these specific market segments have unique application and workflow needs and require fit for purpose product offerings. Today, our products and solutions are primarily sold into the cancer discovery and translational markets, representing a $5 billion addressable market. We believe that our offerings can be readily extended to serve adjacent application areas, including immunology and neurobiology, and as well applications in clinical markets, certain of which may require obtaining FDA approval for our products. We currently estimate that within the spatial biology market, half of the opportunity is in the discovery and translational research markets and the other half is in the clinical market. With the growing adoption and innovation of spatial biology solutions and as spatial phenotyping is further validated through rapid acceleration of peer-reviewed publications, we believe the global total addressable market (“TAM”) will continue to grow over the near and long-term horizon. Given the critical need for spatial biology, we believe our products are uniquely suited to address the specific needs of researchers across this continuum from discovery through translational and clinical markets.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-pc_curre4c.jpg]
Market Needs
While discovery researchers currently have access to a range of tools that enable genomic, proteomic and cellular analysis, existing technologies are limited in their ability to provide spatial information within a tissue sample. In recent years, the research community has fully embraced single-cell solutions as they have delivered unprecedented insights and facilitated novel medical breakthroughs. However, while single-cell technologies continue to evolve and improve, providing insights into cellular makeup and biomarker expression, existing technologies require destruction of the tissue and sacrifice all spatial information. Thus, while significant value has been realized from single-cell analysis, spatial phenotyping promises to be the next-generation biomarker solution aiming to provide an in-depth understanding of biological function and disease pathology through a visual and computable map of histological patterns.
Translational and clinical researchers are facing a growing need in areas such as immuno-oncology for additional biomarkers that can accurately predict a patient’s response to therapy. The rapid growth of immuno-therapies and the heightened demand for more predictive biomarkers creates a strong market opportunity for spatial biology platforms. A recent study in JAMA Oncology highlighted the superior predictive power of spatial phenotyping over current methods such as NGS, RNA analysis and standard histology and tissue staining approaches.
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
With growing adoption and utilization, spatial phenotyping has the potential to change the course of clinical decision making. Our solutions’ ability to address the full continuum from discovery through translational and clinical research is driving a deeper understanding of the onset, advancement and treatment of complex diseases such as cancer, autoimmune disorders, neurological disorders, infectious disease, developmental biology, hematological conditions, and many more. Both our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms offer seamless and integrated workflow solutions for customers, including supporting both fresh frozen and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) tissue, automated sample processing, scalability and comprehensive data analysis and software solutions, all supported by our dedicated field and applications support teams. For discovery researchers in academia and biopharma, our CODEX platform and proprietary reagents provide a next-generation tissue imaging solution with ultra-high parameter multiplexing that is practical, automated and simple enough to enable every researcher to leverage the power of spatial biology. For translational and clinical researchers, we believe our Phenoptics platform delivers a fully automated end-to-end spatial phenotyping solution with the robustness, throughput, scale and reproducibility required for clinical studies. All of our products and solutions sold today are for research use only. For future applications in clinical markets, our products may require FDA approval.
Recent Developments
Preliminary Financial Results
Set forth below are selected preliminary consolidated financial results for the fiscal three months ended March 31, 2021. Our consolidated financial results for the fiscal three months ended March 31, 2021 are not yet available. The following information reflects our preliminary estimates with respect to such results based on information available as of the date of this prospectus and is subject to change. We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the preliminary results described below primarily because our financial closing procedures for the fiscal three months ended March 31, 2021 are not yet completed. Actual results are not expected to differ materially from those reflected herein.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we expect revenues to be between $12.0 million and $12.2 million. The increase compared to the prior year period is primarily due to increases in consumable sales and instrument service revenue.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we expect net loss to be between $7.5 million and $8.5 million, including the loss relating to non-cash items totaling between $2.5 million and $3.0 million of a) change in fair value of warrant liability, b) stock-based compensation expense, and c) change in fair value of contingent consideration. The change in fair value of warrant liability and stock-based compensation expense is primarily driven by the significant increase in the fair value of our common stock subsequent to December 31, 2020. The change in fair value of contingent consideration is driven by current period remeasurement.
The selected preliminary consolidated financial data presented above for the fiscal three months ended March 31, 2021 is preliminary, is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results and is subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. Our actual results for the fiscal three months ended March 31, 2021 will not be available until after this offering is completed. Actual results are not expected to differ materially from those reflected herein. Further, our preliminary estimated results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the remainder of fiscal 2021 or any future period as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary estimates.
This selected preliminary consolidated financial data has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. RSM US LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to this preliminary consolidated financial data. Accordingly, RSM US LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves risks, which are discussed more fully under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including under “Risk Factors,” before making an investment decision. These risks include, but are not limited to, risks relating to:
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

our history of losses, and expectation to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future;

our ability to manage and grow our business by expanding our sales to existing customers or introducing our products and technologies to new customers;

our dependency upon the biopharmaceutical industry’s willingness to adopt our spatial biology platforms;

the impact of health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business and the actions we may take in response thereto;

developments and projections relating to our competitors and industry;

increases in costs, disruption of supply or shortage of raw materials, which could harm our business;

our expectations about how market trends will affect our TAM;

our dependence on our licenses with Stanford for our CODEX product and PKI, Cambridge Research & Instrumentation, Inc., or Cambridge Research, and VisEn Medical Inc. for our Phenoptics products and our and our licensors’ ability to obtain, establish, maintain, protect and enforce intellectual property and proprietary protection for our products and technologies and to avoid claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of third-party intellectual property and proprietary rights;

our ability to hire and retain key management, scientific and engineering personnel and to manage our future growth effectively;

our ability to obtain additional financing in this or future offerings;

the volatility of the trading price of our common stock;

evolving regulations and the potential for unfavorable changes to, or failure by us to comply with, these regulations, which could harm our business and operating results;

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

our expectations regarding use of proceeds from this offering.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

Reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data;

An exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

Exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and accordingly, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with those of other public companies more difficult. We may take advantage of
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
these reporting exemptions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens.
We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
Corporate information
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 13, 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752, and our telephone number is (855) 896-8401. Our website address is www.akoyabio.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Offering
Common stock offered by us
6,580,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
35,689,344 shares (or 36,676,344 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering
We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 987,000 shares from us.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $113.8 million (or approximately $131.2 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include, but are not limited to, expanding our commercial operations, funding our research and development efforts to advance our platform of technologies, capital expenditures and funding working capital. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.
Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol
“AKYA”
Risk factors
You should read the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the risks and uncertainties you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
The total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes 29,109,344 shares and excludes, as of December 31, 2020:

3,920,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, having a weighted average exercise price of $0.51 per share;

158,274 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, having an exercise price of $3.56 per share, and are expected remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

1,727,953 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) ; and

172,795 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Certificate of Incorporation, and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Bylaws;

a 1 for 2.33 reverse stock split of our Class  A Common Stock and Class  B Common Stock effected on April  9, 2021;

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock on a 1 for 1 basis into 2,563,765 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 26,545,579 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 937,500 additional shares of our common stock.
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results for any period. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” The summary financial data included in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Year ended December 31
($ in thousands, except share and per share data)
2020
2019
Consolidated statements of operations
Revenue:
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service and other revenue
9,005 5,892
Total revenue
42,443 42,236
Cost of goods sold:
Cost of product revenue
12,584 15,447
Cost of and other service revenue
3,951 2,126
Total cost of goods sold
16,535 17,573
Gross profit
25,908 24,663
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
23,982 26,351
Research and development
9,603 8,761
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
519 (1,201)
Depreciation and amortization
3,815 3,055
Total operating expenses
37,919 36,966
Loss from operations
(12,011) (12,303)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
(2,723) (1,881)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(298)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,671)
Other income (expense), net
39 (373)
Loss before provision for income taxes
(16,664) (14,557)
Provision for income taxes
(42) (194)
Net loss
$ (16,706) $ (14,751)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and
diluted(1)
$ (9.18) $ (8.04)
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)
2,370,574 2,276,048
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders,
basic and diluted(1)
$ (0.75)
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)
28,916,153
(1)
See Note 2 and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and unaudited pro forma information.
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of December 31, 2020
Actual
Pro Forma(1)
Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash – long term
$ 17,508 $ 17,508 $ 131,277
Working capital(3)
11,534 11,534 125,303
Total assets
77,660 77,660 191,429
Deferred revenue
4,852 4,852 4,852
Current portion of long-term debt
1,032 1,032 1,032
Warrant Liability
490
Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt discount
33,488 33,488 33,488
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
69,107
Convertible preferred stock
1,253
Accumulated deficit
(52,280) (52,280) (52,280)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
(51,026) 18,571 132,340
(1)
The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 into 29,109,334 shares of our common stock and the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid in capital (as the warrant will be exercisable into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and will no longer meet the requirements of liability classification) immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth above; and (b) the sale and issuance of 6,580,000 shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash — long term, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $6.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash — long term, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)
Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, platform, reputation, brand, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy
We have incurred significant losses since inception, we expect to incur losses in the future and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.
We have incurred significant losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $16.7 million and $14.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $52.3 million. We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we grow our business and will also increase as a result of our becoming a public company. Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from private placements of our convertible preferred stock, the incurrence of indebtedness, and to a lesser extent, revenue derived from our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the development and commercialization of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and to research and development activities related to advancing and expanding our scientific and technological capabilities. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability and our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance.
Our success depends on our ability to drive adoption of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms.
Our ability to market and sell our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and increase awareness of spatial biology technology will depend on a number of factors, including:

our ability to drive adoption of our platforms and complementary products by academic, government, biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other institutions;

our ability to increase awareness of the capabilities of our technology and solutions;

whether our platforms reliably provide advantages over legacy and other alternative technologies and are perceived by customers to be cost effective;

prices we charge for a direct purchase of, or other access to, our platforms and complementary products;

the relative reliability and robustness of our platforms and complementary products as a whole and the components of both;

our ability to develop new workflows, products, services and solutions for customers;

the impact of our investments in product innovation and commercial growth;

negative publicity regarding our or our competitors’ products resulting from defects or errors; and

our ability to further validate our technology through research and accompanying publications.
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing each of these criteria or other criteria that might affect the adoption of our solutions. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining market acceptance of our solutions and spatial biology technology, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our revenue has been primarily generated from sales of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and reagents. If our products do not continue to gain market acceptance, our revenue could be materially and adversely impacted.
We made our first commercial sale of CODEX in the United States in January 2019 and we began selling Phenoptics in October 2018 following our acquisition of this product line from PKI. We currently generate the majority of our revenue from the sale of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, reagents and instrument services. Direct sales of CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables together accounted for 76% and 82% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We expect that, for at least the foreseeable future, direct sales of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue while we develop additional products for our spatial biology platforms. As technologies change in the future for research equipment in general and in spatial biology specifically, we will be expected to upgrade or adapt our products in order to keep up with the latest technology and there can be no assurance we will be able to do so. Our sales expectations are based in part on the assumption that our platforms will continue to gain market acceptance as spatial biology becomes more accepted which will in turn will increase the associated purchases of our consumables. If sales of our platforms fail to materialize so will the related consumable sales and associated revenue. If our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms fail to achieve sufficient market acceptance or sales of our consumables decrease, our revenue could be materially and adversely impacted.
If we fail to enter into new customer relationships or maintain and expand existing relationships, our future operating results would be adversely affected as a general matter.
Our customer base includes academic, government, biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other institutions. Our success will depend upon our ability to increase our market penetration among these customers and to expand our market by developing and marketing new products and new applications for existing products. As we continue to scale our business, we may find that certain of our products, certain customers or certain markets, including the biopharmaceutical market, may require a dedicated sales force or sales personnel with different experience than those we currently employ. Identifying, recruiting and training additional qualified personnel would require significant time, expense and attention.
Our ability to grow our market penetration in existing markets will also depend on our ability to attract new customers by increasing awareness of the capabilities of our spatial biology technology and solutions. Future revenue growth will also depend on our ability to develop and market new workflows, technologies and solutions to meet our existing customers’ evolving needs, as well as our ability to identify new applications and customers for our technology in additional markets. If we are unable to drive new customer conversion to our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, expand adoption of spatial biology technology into new industries and markets, expand the application of workflows across our customers’ value chains, increase the usage and value of our workflows to our customers or develop and monetize proprietary biological assets, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
We cannot assure investors that we will be able to further penetrate our existing market or that the market will be able to sustain our current and future product offerings. Any failure to increase penetration in our existing markets would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.
Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.
Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

the level of demand for our platforms, consumables and technologies, which may vary significantly;

the length of time of the sales cycle for purchases of our systems, including lead time needed to develop custom workflows or to manufacture component parts;
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our products, which may change from time to time;

the start and completion of projects in which our solutions are utilized;

the relative reliability and robustness of our platforms, including our technologies;

the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional products and technologies;

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
The effect of one of the factors discussed above, or the cumulative effects of a combination of factors discussed above, could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.
We completed our first commercial Phenoptics sale in October 2018 and CODEX sale in January 2019. Our limited operating history and evolving business make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter and may increase the risk that we will not grow at or near our expected rates. In addition, we operate in highly competitive markets characterized by rapid technological advances and our business has, and we expect it to continue, to evolve over time to remain competitive.
If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Acquisitions could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.
We have and may continue to acquire other businesses or assets to add products or technologies as well as pursue technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. In 2018, we acquired our Phenoptics platform from PKI. We believe we are successfully integrating the technologies acquired from PKI into our business, but the long-term success of the acquisition is not guaranteed. For example, following the acquisition, PKI served as our sole distributor of our Phenoptics platform for the APAC and EMEA regions in 2019 pursuant to a transition services agreement and accounted for approximately 30% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. This transaction and any future transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

disruption in our relationships with customers, distributors, manufacturers or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;

unanticipated liabilities related to acquired companies, including liabilities related to acquired intellectual property or litigation relating thereto;

difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;

diversion of management time and focus from operating our business;
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

failure to realize anticipated benefits or synergies from such a transaction;

increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses; and

possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.
Even if we identify a strategic transaction that we wish to pursue, we may be prohibited from consummating such transaction due to the terms of our existing or any future indebtedness. If we were to pursue an acquisition that is not permitted by our existing indebtedness, we would be required to seek a waiver from the lender and we cannot assure investors that the lender would grant such a waiver.
Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could materially impact our financial results or operations.
If our existing and new products fail to achieve and sustain sufficient scientific acceptance, we will not generate expected revenue and our prospects may be harmed.
The life sciences community is comprised of a small number of early adopters and key opinion leaders who significantly influence the rest of the community. The success of life sciences products is due, in large part, to acceptance by the scientific community and their adoption of certain products as best practice in the applicable field of research. The current system of academic and scientific research views publishing in a peer-reviewed journal as a measure of success. In such journal publications, the researchers will describe, not only their discoveries, but also the methods and typically the products used to fuel such discoveries. Mentions in peer-reviewed journal publications is a good barometer for the general acceptance of our products as best practices. Ensuring that early adopters and key opinion leaders publish research involving the use of our products is critical to ensuring our products gain widespread acceptance and market growth. Continuing to maintain good relationships with such key opinion leaders is vital to growing our market. The number of times our products were mentioned in peer-reviewed publications has increased significantly in the last two years. During this time our revenue has also increased significantly. We cannot assure investors that our products will continue to be mentioned in peer-reviewed articles with any frequency or that any new products that we introduce in the future will be mentioned in peer-reviewed articles. If too few researchers describe the use of our products, too many researchers shift to a competing product and publish research outlining their use of that product or too many researchers negatively describe the use of our products in publications, it may drive existing and potential customers away from our products, which could harm our operating results.
We generally recognize revenue from first-year warranty, extended warranty and service contracts over the contract term, and changes in sales of such contracts may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.
Our instruments are sold with a twelve month warranty. We offer our customers the option to purchase extended warranty and service programs for regular system maintenance and system optimization on a fixed fee basis. We generally recognize revenue from our first-year warranty, extended warranty and service contracts ratably over the contract term, which is typically twelve months, which could in some cases be subject to an early termination right. Revenue from our first-year warranty, extended warranty and service contracts accounted for 13% and 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. A portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to extended warranty and service contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed extended warranty and service contracts by our customers in any one quarter may not be immediately reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such a decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services and potential changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.
If we were to be sued for product liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.
The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our products identified inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the tissues
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
analyzed or otherwise failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in a misunderstanding of or inappropriate reliance upon the information we provide in the ordinary course of our business activities. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend.
We maintain product liability insurance, but this insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could damage our reputation, or cause current customers to terminate existing agreements and potential clinical partners to seek other partners, any of which could impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed if our customers discontinue or spend less on research, development and production and other scientific endeavors.
Our customers include biopharmaceutical companies and academic and clinical institutions. Many factors, including public policy spending priorities, available resources and internal budgets and product and economic cycles, have a significant effect on the capital spending policies of these entities. Fluctuations in the research and development budgets of our customers could have a significant effect on the demand for our products. Our customers determine their research and development budgets based on several factors, including the need to develop new products, continued availability of governmental and other funding, competition and the general availability of resources. If their research and development budgets are reduced, the impact could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to support demand for the CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables, and for our future product offerings, including ensuring that we have adequate capacity to meet increased demand, or if we are unable to successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.
As the number of customers using our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables grows and our volume of installed instruments increases, we will need to continue to increase our capacity for customer service and support and for billing and general process improvements and to expand our internal quality assurance programs. We will also need to purchase additional equipment, some of which can take several months or more to procure, setup and validate, and increase our personnel levels to meet increased demand. There is no assurance that any of these increases in scale, expansion of personnel, equipment, software and computing capacities or process enhancements will be successfully implemented, or that we will have adequate space, including in our laboratory facility, to accommodate such required expansion.
As we commercialize additional products, we will need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems and laboratory processes, and hire new personnel, possibly with supplemental or different qualifications as compared to our current personnel. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher product costs, declining product quality, deteriorating customer service and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.
The sizes of the markets for our solutions may be smaller than estimated and new market opportunities may not develop as quickly as we expect, or at all, limiting our ability to successfully sell our solutions.
The market for spatial biology products is new and evolving, making it difficult to predict with any accuracy the sizes of the markets for our current and future solutions. Our estimates of the annual TAM for our current and future solutions are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions. In particular, our estimates are based on our expectations that: (a) researchers in the market for certain life sciences research tools and technologies will view our solutions as competitive alternatives to, or better options than, such existing tools and technologies; and (b) researchers who already own such existing tools and technologies will recognize the ability of our solutions to complement, enhance and enable new applications of their current tools and technologies and find the value proposition offered by our solutions convincing enough to purchase our solutions in addition to the tools and technologies they already own. Underlying each of these expectations are a number of estimates and assumptions, including the
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
assumption that government or other sources of funding will continue to be available to life sciences researchers at times and in amounts necessary to allow them to purchaser our solutions.
In addition, our growth strategy involves launching new products and expanding sales of existing products into new markets in which we have limited or no experience. Sales of new or existing products into new market opportunities may take several years to develop and mature and we cannot be certain that these market opportunities will develop as we expect. For example, new life sciences technology is often not adopted by the relevant market until a sufficient amount of research conducted using such technology has been published in peer-reviewed publications. Because there can be a considerable delay between the launch of a new life sciences product and publication of research using such product, new life sciences products do not generally contribute a meaningful amount of revenue in the year they are introduced. In certain markets, such as the biopharmaceutical market, new life sciences technology, even if sufficiently covered in peer-reviewed publications, may not be adopted until the consistency and accuracy of such technology, method or device has been proven. As a result, the sizes of the annual TAM for new markets and new products are even more difficult to predict.
While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates of the total annual addressable market for our solutions are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates, or those underlying the third-party data we have used, may change at any time, thereby reducing the accuracy of our estimates. As a result, our estimates of the annual TAM for our solutions may be incorrect.
The future growth of the market for our current and future products depends on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of our instruments and products by the scientific community as best practice and the growth, prevalence and costs of competing products and solutions. Such recognition and acceptance may not occur in the near term, or at all. If the markets for our current and future solutions are smaller than estimated or do not develop as we expect, our growth may be limited and our business, financial condition and operational results may be adversely affected.
If we fail to offer high quality customer service, our business and reputation could suffer.
We differentiate ourselves from our competition through our commitment to an exceptional customer experience. Accordingly, high quality customer service is important for the growth of our business and any failure to maintain such standards of customer service, or a related market perception, could affect our ability to sell products to existing and prospective customers. Additionally, we believe our customer service team has a positive influence on recurring consumables revenue. Providing an exceptional customer experience requires significant time and resources from our customer service team. Therefore, failure to scale our customer service organization adequately may adversely impact our business results and financial condition.
The number of our customers has grown significantly and such growth, as well as any future growth, will put additional pressure on our customer service organization. We may be unable to hire qualified staff quickly enough or to the extent necessary to accommodate increases in demand.
In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and reach a global customer base, we need to be able to provide efficient customer service that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. In geographies where we sell through distributors, we rely on those distributors to provide customer service. If these third-party distributors do not provide a high-quality customer experience, our business operations and reputation may suffer.
Our management uses certain key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions and such metrics may not accurately reflect all of the aspects of our business needed to make such evaluations and decisions, in particular as our business continues to grow.
In addition to our consolidated financial results, our management regularly reviews a number of operating and financial metrics, including various revenue metrics and cash flows to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe that these metrics are representative of our current business; however, these
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
metrics may not accurately reflect all aspects of our business and we anticipate that these metrics may change or may be substituted for additional or different metrics as our business grows and as we introduce new products. For example, we expect that our expansion into new markets and adoption by new customers who may not have the same financial resources to devote to consumable purchases as our existing customer base could adversely impact our revenue metrics. If our management fails to review other relevant information or change or substitute the key business metrics they review as our business grows and we introduce new products, their ability to accurately formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions may be compromised and our business, financial results and future growth prospects may be adversely impacted.
We will need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, improve our platform or develop and commercialize new products and technologies, or expand our operations.
Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents and the remaining $5.0 million available to be drawn under our credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus. If our available cash resources, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products or the realization of other risks described in this prospectus, we may be required to raise additional capital prior to such time through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, entrance into a credit facility or another form of third party funding or seek other debt financing.
In any event, we may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to:

increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive market adoption of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables and address competitive developments;

fund development and marketing efforts of products from our programs or any other future products;

expand our technologies into additional markets;

acquire, license or invest in additional intellectual property and technologies;

acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.
Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

our rate of progress in launching and commercializing new products, and the cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with, establishing adoption of our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms and consumables;

our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, products in research and development;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

costs related to domestic and international expansion; and

the potential cost of and delays in product development as a result of any regulatory oversight applicable to our products.
The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any preferred equity securities issued also could provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through collaborations
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our platform technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.
If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our Term Loan contains covenants, which restrict our operating activities, and we may be required to repay the outstanding indebtedness in an event of default, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In October 2020, we entered into a credit and security agreement, or Term Loan, with Midcap Financial Trust, or the Lender, pursuant to which the Lender agreed to provide us a $37.5 million credit facility. The Company has drawn has drawn $32.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and the remaining $5.0 million not yet drawn on the term loan is available to be drawn from March 31, 2021, through June 30, 2021, subject to our compliance with the covenants contained in our Term Loan. The loan matures in October 2025. Until we have repaid such indebtedness, the Term Loan subjects us to various customary covenants, including requirements as to financial reporting, liquidity ratios and insurance and restrictions on our ability to dispose of our business or property, to change our line of business, to liquidate or dissolve, to enter into any change in control transaction, to merge or consolidate with any other entity or to acquire all or substantially all the capital stock or property of another entity, to incur additional indebtedness, to incur liens on our property, to pay any dividends or make other distributions on capital stock other than dividends payable solely in capital stock, to redeem capital stock, to enter into certain in-bound licensing agreements, to engage in transactions with affiliates, and to encumber our intellectual property. In particular, we are subject to a minimum revenue financial covenant measuring our last twelve months trailing revenue, tested on a monthly basis. Our business may be adversely affected by these restrictions on our ability to operate our business.
We are permitted to make interest only payments on the loan facility through October 2023, at which time principal payments begin. However, we may be required to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the loan facility if an event of default occurs under the Term Loan. An event of default will occur if, among other things, we fail to make required payments under the Term Loan; we breach any of our covenants under the loan and security agreement, subject to specified cure periods with respect to certain breaches; the Lender determines that a material adverse change (as defined in the loan and security agreement) has occurred; we or our assets become subject to certain legal proceedings, such as bankruptcy proceedings; we are unable to pay our debts as they become due; or we default on contracts with third parties which would permit the third party to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness or that could have a material adverse change on us. We may not have enough available cash or be able to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings to repay such indebtedness at the time any such event of default occurs. In such a case, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or operations or grant to others rights to develop and market products that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. The Lender could also exercise its rights as secured lender to take possession of and to dispose of the collateral securing the term loan, which collateral includes substantially all of our property. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected as a result of any of these events.
Our actual operating results may differ significantly from any operating guidance we may provide.
From time to time, we may release guidance in our quarterly or annual earnings conference calls, quarterly or annual earnings releases, or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which will include forward-looking statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. These projections may not be prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, and neither our registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the projections. Accordingly, no such person will express any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the projections.
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. The principal reason that we may release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third parties.
Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.
Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results may vary from our guidance and the variations may be material.
Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in this “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus could result in actual operating results being different from our guidance, and the differences may be adverse and material.
We received economic stimulus funding under the CARES Act. If such funding is not forgiven and is required to be repaid pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act or related guidance, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
Section 1102 of the CARES Act established the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, which provided additional funding for small businesses, as defined by the Small Business Administration, or SBA, to keep workers employed during the COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2020, we applied for and received PPP funding from Park State Bank in the aggregate amount of $2.48 million. Proceeds can only be used for specified covered purposes including payroll, mortgage interest, rent and utilities in accordance with the CARES Act. The PPP loan has a two-year term and bears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum. To the extent proceeds are used for these covered purposes, some or all of the related principal balances may be forgiven. We spent the proceeds on covered purposes. We have completed our forgiveness application reflecting our use of all of our PPP loan proceeds and submitted this application, together with any supporting documentation, to Park State Bank.
We cannot provide assurance that the original principal and interest amounts under the PPP loan will be forgiven. If it is determined that our PPP loans did not comply with requirements after receiving our PPP loan, we may be required to repay the PPP loan in its entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties (potentially including civil and criminal fines and penalties) and adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Additionally, the SBA may audit our PPP loan. Should we be audited or reviewed by federal or state regulatory authorities, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention, generation of negative publicity, the incurrence of additional legal and reputational costs, and potential exposure to civil and criminal liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.
We face significant competition in our market. We currently compete with both established and early stage life sciences technology companies that design, manufacture and market products and software for, among other applications, genomics, tissue analysis, spatial analysis and immunology, and/or provide services related to the same. Growing understanding of the importance of spatial biology information is leading to more companies offering services related to collecting such information. Potential competitors within our space include 10x Genomics, Nanostring Technologies and Fluidigm, among others. In addition, our customers may also elect to develop their workflows on legacy systems rather than our platforms and may decide to stop using our platforms.
Our competitors and potential competitors may enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

longer operating histories;
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

larger customer bases;

greater brand recognition and market penetration;

greater financial resources;

greater technological and research and development resources;

more expansive intellectual property and proprietary rights; and

larger commercial organizations and manufacturing organizations.
As a result, our competitors and potential competitors may be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can or sell their products, or offer services competitive with our platforms, consumables and services at prices designed to win significant levels of market share. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations.
In addition, competitors may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger, well-established and well-financed companies. Certain of our competitors may be able to secure key inputs from vendors on more favorable terms, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to product development than we can. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, we may be unable to increase market adoption and sales of our platform, which could prevent us from increasing our revenue or achieving profitability.
We must develop new products, adapt to rapid and significant technological change and respond to introductions of new products by competitors to remain competitive.
We sell our products in industries that are characterized by significant enhancements and evolving industry standards. As a result, our customers’ needs are rapidly evolving. If we do not appropriately innovate and invest in new products and technologies, our offerings may become less desirable in the markets we serve, and our customers could move to new technologies offered by our competitors or make products themselves. Though we believe customers in our markets display a significant amount of loyalty to their supplier of a particular product, we also believe that because of the initial time investment required by many of our customers to reach a purchasing decision for a new product, it may be difficult to regain that customer once the customer purchases a product from a competitor. Without the timely introduction of new products, services and enhancements, our offerings will likely become less competitive over time, in which case our competitive position and operating results could suffer. Accordingly, we focus significant efforts and resources on the development and identification of new technologies, products and markets to further broaden our offerings. To the extent we fail to timely introduce new and innovative products or services, adequately predict our customers’ needs or fail to obtain desired levels of market acceptance, our business may suffer and our operating results could be adversely affected.
We may be unable to manage our future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.
Since our inception in 2015, we have experienced rapid growth and anticipate further growth in our business operations. Our growth between 2015 and 2020 has required significant time and attention from our management, and placed strains on our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business. We expect to continue to increase headcount and to hire more specialized personnel in the future as we grow our business. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified scientists, engineers, laboratory personnel, client and account services personnel and sales and marketing staff and improve and maintain our technology to properly manage our growth. We may also need to hire, train and manage individuals with expertise that is separate, supplemental or different from expertise that we currently have, and accordingly we may not be successful in hiring, training and managing such individuals. If our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, our business may be harmed.
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Developing and launching new products and innovating and improving our existing products have required us to hire and retain additional scientific, engineering, sales and marketing, software, manufacturing, distribution and quality assurance personnel. As a result, we have experienced rapid headcount growth since our inception in 2015 with 169 employees as of December 31, 2020. As we have grown, our employees have become more geographically dispersed. We currently serve customers located in more than 35 countries and plan to continue to expand to new international jurisdictions as part of our growth strategy, which will lead to increased dispersion of our employees, including sales employees and employees who are in our service and support groups. Moreover, we expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company. Once public, our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. We may face challenges integrating, developing and motivating our rapidly growing and increasingly dispersed employee base.
We may not be able to maintain the quality, reliability or robustness of our platform, or the expected turnaround times of our services and support, or to satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, our financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business and continue to effectively expand, train and manage our personnel. The time and resources required to improve our existing systems and procedures, implement new systems and procedures and to adequately staff such existing and new systems and procedures is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations and negatively impact our business and financial results.
We have limited experience in marketing and sales, and if we are unable to expand our marketing and sales organization to adequately address our customers’ needs, our business may be adversely affected.
We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products. We may not be able to market, sell or distribute our current products, or future products that we may develop, effectively enough to support our planned growth.
Competition for employees capable of selling expensive instruments within the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel or be able to build an efficient and effective sales organization, which could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products and limit our revenue growth and potential profitability. In addition, the time and cost of establishing a specialized sales, marketing and service force for a particular product or service may be difficult to justify in light of the revenue generated or projected.
Our expected future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our products and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage this potential future growth effectively, without compromising quality.
We rely on distributors for the sale of our products in certain countries outside of the United States, in some cases, in addition to direct sales in such countries. We exert limited control over these distributors under our agreements with them, and if their sales and marketing efforts for our products in the region are not successful, our business would be materially and adversely affected. Locating, qualifying and engaging distribution partners with local industry experience and knowledge will be necessary in at least the short to mid-term to effectively market and sell our platform in certain countries outside the United States. We may not be successful in finding, attracting and retaining distribution partners, or we may not be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Even if we are successful in identifying distributors, such distributors may engage in sales practices that violate local laws or our internal policies. Furthermore, sales practices utilized by any such distribution parties that are locally acceptable may not comply with sales practices standards required under U.S. laws that apply to us, which could create additional compliance risk. If our sales and marketing efforts by us or our distributors are not successful outside the United States, we may not achieve significant market acceptance for our products outside the United States, which would materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The loss of any member of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, engineers and salespeople could adversely affect our business.
Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our senior management team, including Brian McKelligon, our Chief Executive Officer. The individual and collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our platforms and additional products, and as we expand our commercial activities. The loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations if we experience difficulties in hiring qualified successors. Our executive officers are at-will employees, and we cannot guarantee their retention for any period of time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our employees.
Our research and development programs and laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and engineers. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and engineers in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among life sciences businesses. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific and engineering personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified sales people. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our research and development and sales programs. All of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time.
Due to the significant resources required to enable access in new markets, we must make strategic and operational decisions to prioritize certain markets, technology offerings or partnerships. We may expend our resources to access markets, develop technologies or form certain partnerships that do not yield meaningful revenue or we may fail to capitalize on markets, technologies or partnerships that may be more profitable or with a greater potential for success.
We believe our platforms have potential applications across a wide range of markets and we have targeted certain markets in which we believe our technology has significant advantages, or for which we believe we have a higher probability of success or revenue opportunity or for which the path to commercialize products and realizing or achieving revenue is shorter. We seek to maintain a process of prioritization and resource allocation among our programs to maintain a balance between advancing near-term opportunities and exploring additional markets for our technology. However, due to the significant resources required for the development of workflows for new markets, we must make decisions on which markets to pursue and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular markets or workflows may not lead to the development of any viable product and may divert resources away from better opportunities. Similarly, our potential decisions to delay, terminate or collaborate with third parties in respect of certain markets may subsequently also prove to be suboptimal and could cause us to miss valuable opportunities. In particular, if we are unable to develop additional relevant workflows for markets such as antibody therapeutics, cell therapy or the synthetic biology market it could slow or stop our business growth and negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If our operating facilities, including those of our third party manufacturers, become damaged or inoperable, our ability to conduct and pursue our research and development efforts and manufacture our products may be jeopardized.
We currently derive the majority of our revenue based upon scientific and engineering research and development conducted at two facilities located in California and Massachusetts and from products manufactured by our third party manufacturers. Our facilities and equipment, and that of our third party manufacturers, could be harmed or rendered inoperable or inaccessible by natural or man-made disasters or other circumstances beyond our control, including fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure, war or terrorism, or another catastrophic event, such as a pandemic or similar outbreak or public health crisis, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to support our customers and develop updates, upgrades and other improvements to our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, and workflow software for some period of time. The inability to address system issues or manufacture our products could develop if our facilities, or those of our third party manufacturers, are inoperable or suffer a loss of utilization for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facilities and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild either of our facilities, to locate and qualify a new facility or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third party. Even in the event we are able to find a third party to assist in research and development efforts, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms to engage with the third party.
We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.
Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.
We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter and our policies have limits and significant deductibles.
Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, property, umbrella and directors’ and officers’ insurance.
Any additional product liability insurance coverage we acquire in the future, may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. A successful product liability claim or series of claims in which judgments exceed our insurance coverage could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including preventing or limiting the commercialization of any products we develop.
We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Public health crises such as COVID-19 and similar pandemics or outbreaks have caused and could cause disruptions of the development of our platform technologies and products, and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus disease, or COVID-19, a global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, and to date has led to the implementation of various responses, including government imposed shelter-in-place orders, quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures, as well as reported adverse impacts on healthcare resources, facilities and providers across the United States and in other countries, all of which may become additionally heightened concerns upon a subsequent waves of infection. In response to the spread of COVID-19, and in accordance with direction from state and local government authorities, we have restricted access to our facilities mostly to personnel and third parties who must perform critical activities that must be completed on-site, limited the number of such personnel that can be present at our facilities at any one time, and requested that most of our personnel work remotely. In the event that government authorities were to further modify current restrictions, our employees conducting research and development or manufacturing activities may not be able to access our laboratory or manufacturing space, and our core activities may be significantly limited or curtailed, possibly for an extended period of time.
The COVID-19 pandemic has also created many negative headwinds that present risks to our business and results of operations. For example, it has generally disrupted the operations of our customers and prospective customers, and may continue to disrupt their operations, including as a result of laboratory closures, travel restrictions and/or business shutdowns, uncertainty in the financial markets or other harm to
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
their business and financial results. These disruptions have caused reduced capital spend by our existing customers and potential new customers, which has have negatively impacted our instrument and consumables sales. These disruptions could result in further reductions to capital expenditure budgets, delayed purchasing decisions, longer sales cycles, extended payment terms or missed payments, and postponed or canceled projects, any of which would negatively impact our business and operating results, including sales and cash flows. We do not yet know the net impact that the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business and cannot guarantee that it will not be materially negative. Although we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available, the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and/or the precautionary measures that we have adopted may create operational and other challenges, any of which could harm our business and results of operations. The uncertain development of the COVID-19 pandemic may also exacerbate the severity of the other risks disclosed herein.
Security incidents, loss of data or modification of information, and other disruptions could compromise information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, result in a significant disruption of our activities and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store information, including personal information, intellectual property and proprietary business information that we own or control or have an obligation to protect. For example, we collect and store research and development information, employee data, commercial information, customer information, business and financial information, and payment card data. We and our service providers, including security and infrastructure vendors, manage and maintain our applications and data using a combination of on-site systems and cloud-based data centers. We face a number of risks related to protecting critical information and our applications, including inappropriate use or disclosure, unauthorized access or acquisition, or inappropriate modification of, critical information. We also face the risk of being unable to access our critical information, applications, or systems due to actual or threats of ransomware, unauthorized encryption, or other malicious activity. We face the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor and audit and modify our controls over our critical information and applications. These risks extend to third-party service providers and subcontractors we use to assist us in managing our information or otherwise process it on our behalf. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of our critical information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information.
Although we take reasonable measures to protect critical information and other data from unauthorized access, acquisition, use or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure and that of our service providers handling and storing information on our behalf may be vulnerable to a variety of disruptions, including data breaches, attacks by hackers and other malicious third parties (including the deployment of computer viruses, malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering, and other events that affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information), unauthorized access, natural disasters, fires, terrorism, war, telecommunications or electrical interruptions or failures, employee error or malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. In particular, the risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, has generally increased as the number, intensity, and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. We may not be able to anticipate all types of security threats, and we may not be able to implement preventive measures effective against all such security threats. Because the techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched, and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates or terrorist organizations, we and our services providers and other partners may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. Further, we do not have any control over the operations of the facilities or technology of third parties that collect, process and store sensitive information on our behalf. Any unauthorized access or acquisition, breach, or other loss, of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under U.S. federal or state, or non-U.S., laws regarding the privacy and protection of information, including personal information, and could disrupt our operations and harm our reputation. In addition, notice of breaches may be required to affected individuals, regulators, credit reporting agencies or the media. Any such publication or notice could harm our reputation and our ability to compete. The financial exposure from the events referenced above could either not be insured against or not be fully covered through any insurance that we may maintain, and there can be no assurance that
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the limitations of liability in any of our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages as a result of the events referenced above.
In December 2019, we experienced a ransomware incident, which resulted in the encryption of certain Company files. We did not experience a loss of information, and determined that we were not required to notify any person of such incident. The breach was caused by a consultant’s support access application becoming compromised which allowed for the installation of malware that encrypted large datasets within our internal network. Upon discovery of the malware, we immediately terminated the consultant’s access, files were restored to their original state prior to the encryption, the access application and malware were removed and all users were required to update their passwords. After investigation, we determined that no personal information was accessed or lost. In order to protect against similar occurrences, we took a series of remedial measures, including limiting remote access to our network by third parties, implementing a robust intrusion detection system to protect the network, installing multiple scanning applications on all systems, and implementing a required cybersecurity awareness training program to ensure end users can identify potentially harmful emails and files. However, despite these remedial measures, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect against similar incidents in the future. Though we determined the ransomware incident had no material impact on our business, including no access to or loss of personal information, this event or similar events in the future may subject us to unfavorable publicity, claims by one or more state attorneys general, or other regulators, any of which could expose us to a disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations, as well as to litigation, disputes, regulatory investigations, orders, damages, fines, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws and regulations, and significant increases in compliance costs, and could inhibit sales. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue and results of operations.
We operate on a December 31st year end and believe that there are seasonal factors which may cause sales of our products to vary on a quarterly or yearly basis and increase the magnitude of quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including the procurement and budgeting cycles of many of our customers, especially government- or grant-funded customers, whose cycles often coincide with government fiscal year ends. For example, the United States government’s fiscal year end occurs in our third quarter and may result in increased sales of our products during this quarter if government-funded customers have unused funds that may be forfeited, or future budgets that may be reduced, if such funds remain unspent at such fiscal year end. Furthermore, the academic budgetary cycle similarly requires grantees to ‘use or lose’ their grant funding, which seems to be tied disproportionately to the end of the calendar year, driving sales higher during the fourth quarter. Similarly, our biopharmaceutical customers typically have calendar year fiscal years which also result in a disproportionate amount of their purchasing activity occurring during our fourth quarter. These factors have contributed, and may contribute in the future, to fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Because of these fluctuations, it is possible that in some quarters our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of our common stock would likely decrease. These fluctuations, among other factors, also mean that our operating results in any particular period may not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Seasonal or cyclical variations in our sales have in the past, and may in the future, become more or less pronounced over time, and have in the past materially affected, and may in the future materially affect, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks Related to Manufacturing and Supply
We outsource the manufacturing of our instruments and reagents to third party manufacturers. The failure of these manufacturers to manufacture finished goods on a timely basis could adversely affect our business.
We have engaged with three different third parties to manufacture our instruments and reagents. One such third party manufacturer manufactures Codex instruments, a second manufactures Phenoptics instruments, and the other third party manufactures our reagent kits. In addition, the third parties we rely on source certain key parts of our instruments from other various parties. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition or manufacture of materials by our third party manufacturers, and
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
cannot ensure that they will deliver to us the finished goods we order on time, or at all. If the operations of our third party manufacturers are interrupted, cease, or if they are unable to meet our delivery requirements due to capacity limitations or other constraints, we may be limited in our ability to fulfill new customer orders or to service or repair instruments at current customer sites. Any change to another contract manufacturer, even if ultimately consummated, would likely entail significant delay, require us to devote substantial time and resources, result in additional costs, and could involve a period in which our systems could not be produced in a timely or consistently high-quality manner, any of which could harm our reputation and business, and frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors. Additionally, we may be unable to enter into agreements with another contract manufacturer on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Our third party manufacturers are dependent upon third party suppliers, including single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.
Our instruments and reagents contain components that are currently manufactured by a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers. In many of these cases, we and our third party manufacturers have not yet engaged alternate suppliers and rely upon purchase orders, rather than long-term supply agreements. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our systems unless and until new sources of supply are identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues, or a supplier’s variation in a component;

a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or to obtain adequate supply on commercially reasonable terms;

difficulty and cost associated with locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

a modification or change in a manufacturing process or part that unknowingly or unintentionally negatively impacts the operation of our systems;

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers, and corresponding regulatory qualifications;

delay in delivery due to our suppliers prioritizing other customer orders over ours;

damage to our brand reputation caused by defective components produced by our suppliers;

increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement based upon defects in components produced by our suppliers; and

fluctuation in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers.
Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business.
We forecast sales to determine requirements for components and materials used in our systems, and if our forecasts are incorrect, we may experience delays in shipments or increased inventory costs.
We and our third party manufacturers keep limited materials, components and finished products on hand. To manage our operations with our third party manufacturers and suppliers, we forecast anticipated product orders and material requirements to predict our inventory needs and enter into purchase orders on the basis of these requirements. Several components of our instruments and reagent kits have long lead times. Our limited historical commercial experience and rapid growth may not provide us with enough data to consistently and accurately predict future demand. If our business expands and our demand for
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
components and materials increase beyond our estimates, our manufacturers and suppliers may be unable to meet our demand. In addition, if we or our third party manufacturers underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt, delay, or prevent delivery of our systems to our customers. By contrast, if we overestimate our component and material requirements, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our working capital and decrease our cash. Any of these occurrences would negatively affect our financial performance and business results.
Risks Related to Government Regulation
We market certain of our products as Research Use Only, or RUO, in the United States. Our RUO products support the research and development conducted at institutions and biopharmaceutical companies of potential diagnostic and therapeutic products and services for which they may later pursue investigation and clearance, authorization or approval from regulatory authorities, such as the FDA.
RUO products belong to a separate regulatory classification under a long-standing FDA regulation. From an FDA perspective, products that are intended for research use only and are labeled as RUO are not regulated by the FDA as in vitro diagnostic devices for clinical use, and are therefore not subject to those specific regulatory requirements. RUO products may be used or distributed for research use without first obtaining FDA clearance, authorization or approval. The products must bear the statement: “For Research Use Only. Not for Use in Diagnostic Procedures.” RUO products cannot make any claims related to safety, effectiveness or diagnostic utility, and they cannot be intended for human clinical diagnostic use. Accordingly, a product labeled RUO but intended or promoted for clinical diagnostic use may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDCA and subject to FDA enforcement action. The FDA will consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed and to whom, when determining its intended use. If the FDA disagrees with our RUO status for our product, we may be subject to FDA enforcement activities, including, without limitation, requiring us to seek clearance, authorization or approval for our products.
We are currently subject to, and may in the future become subject to additional, U.S. state and federal, and non-U.S. laws and regulations, industry guidelines, and contracts, imposing obligations on how we collect, store, use and process personal information. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Ensuring compliance with such laws could also impair our efforts to maintain and expand our customer base, and thereby decrease our revenue.
We are, and may increasingly become, subject to various laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations and mandatory industry standards relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The regulatory environment related to data privacy and security is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are not a business associate under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and do not receive, access, store, or transmit any individually identifiable health information of any patient; however, we are a covered entity under HIPAA as an employer that sponsors a group health plan for its employees. Therefore, the HIPAA Privacy, Security and Breach Notification Rules apply to our group health plan. We have appointed a HIPAA Privacy Officer and HIPAA Security Officer, train our group health plan employees on HIPAA compliance and ensure that individuals outside of the group health plan functions do not have access to protected health information of our employees. We have also entered into a business associate agreement with our third party administrator to handle medical claims for our group health plan. The HIPAA privacy regulations govern the use and disclosure of protected health information by covered healthcare providers, as well as health insurance plans. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her protected health information maintained by a covered plan, including the right to access or amend certain records containing protected health information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of protected health information. The HIPAA security regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity and availability of protected health
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. A covered entity must also notify HHS and each affected individual of a breach of unsecured protected health information as well as the media if the breach involves more than 500 individuals in a particular jurisdiction. HIPAA violations are subject to civil and criminal penalties.
Despite the fact that we do not currently access, store, receive or transmit any protected health information on behalf of a covered entity which could qualify us as a business associate under HIPAA, from time to time we are asked by a customer to enter into a business associate agreement. To date, we have not entered into any business associate agreements and do not intend to do so as a standard practice. We are in the process of undergoing HITRUST certification and revising our policies and procedures to establish compliance with the HIPAA Security Rule for our commercial business, in the event that we have access to protected health information in the future or if a customer insists that we execute a business associate agreement. We expect that we will complete the necessary reviews and implement the procedures and policies required to fully comply with the elements of HIPAA applicable to a business associate by the end of Q3 of this year. The HIPAA Security Rule regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity and availability of protected health information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored or electronically stored by a business associate. Under the HIPAA Breach Notification Rule, a business associate must notify a covered entity, within certain required timeframes, of any breach of the security of an individual’s protected health information by the business associate or any subcontractor of the business associate.
In the United States, in addition to HIPAA, various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security. According to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure or using or disclosing personal information in violation of a company’s privacy notice may constitute unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTCA.) The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. We may also become subject to additional data privacy and security laws and regulations in the future, and we anticipate that states and potentially, the federal government, may propose or enact legislation to strengthen data privacy and security standards, which may cause us to incur additional costs and expenses to maintain compliance and could subject us to fines, penalties and negative publicity in the event of a breach or violation under any such law or regulation. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, all of which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information and meet certain revenue or volume processing thresholds, came into effect on January 1, 2020, and was further amended by the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, on November 3, 2020. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California residents and provide such residents new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA by expanding residents’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creates a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts. Many of the CPRA’s provisions will become effective on January 1, 2023. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation, including class-action litigation. In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to individuals if certain of their personal information has been disclosed as a result of a qualifying data breach. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we may likely become subject, if enacted.
Internationally, laws, regulations and standards in many jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer, marketing and other processing of personal information. For example, the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective in May 2018, greatly increased the European Commission’s jurisdictional reach of its data privacy and security laws and introduced a broad array of requirements for handling personal data. EU member states are tasked under
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the GDPR to enact, and have enacted, certain implementing legislation that adds to and/or further interprets the GDPR requirements and potentially extends our obligations and potential liability for failing to meet such obligations. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the EU member states governing the processing of personal data, impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, use, retain, protect, disclose, transfer and otherwise process personal data. In particular, the GDPR includes requirements to establish a legal basis for processing, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals, a strengthened individual data rights regime, requirements to implement safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, data breach notification obligations to appropriate data protection authorities or individuals, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and additional obligations when entities contract with third-party processors to process personal data. The GDPR allows for fines for certain violations of up to 4% of global annual revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater, and other administrative penalties. Following the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union, data privacy and security laws that are substantially similar to the GDPR are in effect in the United Kingdom, which carry similar risks and authorize similar fines for certain violations.
Certain legal regimes outside of the United States, including in the United Kingdom and under the GDPR, prohibit the transfer of personal data to the United States unless certain measures are in place, including, for example, executing Standard Contractual Clauses, or historically, relying on the receiving entity’s certification under the EU-US and/or Swiss-US Privacy Shield Frameworks, or the Privacy Shield Frameworks. The Privacy Shield Frameworks were invalidated, and the adequacy of Standard Contractual Clauses is now in question, following the Court of Justice of the European Union’s July 2020 decision in the so-called Schrems II case (Data Protection Commissioner v. Facebook Ireland Limited, Maximillian Schrems (Case C-311/18)). Due to this evolving regulatory guidance, we are continuing to evaluate the validity of the data transfer mechanisms upon which we rely and we may need to invest in additional technical, legal and organizational safeguards in the future to avoid disruptions to data flows within our business and to and from our customers and service providers. There is no guarantee that any transfer mechanism upon which we rely will be deemed to be valid by the relevant legal authorities, or that mechanisms that are currently deemed to be valid will remain valid in the future. This uncertainty, and its eventual resolution, may increase our costs of compliance, impede our ability to transfer data and conduct our business and harm our business or results of operations.
We use third-party credit card processors to process payments from our customers. Through our agreements with our third-party credit card processors, we are subject to payment card association operating rules, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI-DSS, which governs a variety of areas, including how consumers and customers may use their cards, the security features of cards, security standards for processing, data security and allocation of liability for certain acts or omissions, including liability in the event of a data breach. Any change in these rules or standards and related requirements could make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. Additionally, any data breach or failure to hold certain information in accordance with PCI-DSS may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training employees and engaging consultants and legal advisors, which are likely to increase over time. In addition, such requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, utilize management’s time or divert resources from other initiatives and projects, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any applicable federal, state or similar non-U.S. laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security could result in damage to our reputation, as well as proceedings or litigation by governmental agencies or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which would subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, injunctions, penalties or judgments. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As we continue to expand our product and technology offerings and the applications and uses of our products into new fields, we may become subject to government regulation, and the regulatory approval and maintenance process for such products may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain both in timing and in outcome.
As we continue to expand our product and technology offerings and the applications and uses of our existing products into new fields, certain of our current or future products could become subject to regulation by the FDA, or comparable regulatory authorities, including requirements for regulatory clearance or approval of such products before they can be marketed. Such regulatory approval processes or clearances may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and our failure to obtain or comply with such approvals and clearances could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. The laws, regulations and policies governing the marketing of our products or future products, for example, RUO products, companion diagnostics, or other products and services are extremely complex and in many instances there may be no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are subject to interpretation by the relevant regulatory and enforcement officials, and they may interpret them differently than we do. Furthermore, changes to the current regulatory framework, including the imposition of additional or new regulations, including regulation of our products, could arise at any time during the development or marketing of our products, which may negatively affect our ability to obtain or maintain FDA or comparable regulatory approval of our products, if required. Further, if we sell devices for diagnostic purposes, we may in turn be subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the applicable government agencies. Such laws and regulations include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, data privacy and security and transparency and reporting requirements for payments and transfers of value to physicians and certain other healthcare professionals.
Diagnostic products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and comparable international agencies and may require either clearance from the FDA following the 510(k) pre-market notification process or pre-market approval from the FDA, in each case prior to marketing. Obtaining the requisite regulatory clearances or approvals can be expensive and may involve considerable delay in our ability to commercialize our products. For example, we may in the future assist in the development of, or perform clinical testing relative to, companion diagnostics which would subject us to much more extensive regulation under FDA law, CMS/CLIA regulations and state laboratory requirements. None of our products are currently offered to customers as medical devices, however, if our products labeled as RUO are used, or could be used, for the diagnosis of disease, the regulatory requirements related to marketing, selling and supporting such products could change or be uncertain, even if such use by our customers is without our consent.
If the FDA or other regulatory authorities assert that any of our products are subject to regulatory clearance or approval, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.
We currently have limited international operations, and our business strategy incorporates potentially significant international expansion. We currently maintain relationships with distributors outside of the United States, and may in the future enter into new distributor relationships. We may also extend laboratory capabilities outside of the United States, both directly and possibly indirectly. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as data privacy and security regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, tariffs, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

failure by us or our distributors to obtain approvals to conduct our business in various countries;

differing respect, and protection for, intellectual property rights in other jurisdictions;

complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection, maintaining, enforcing and defending our intellectual property and proprietary rights and defending against third-party intellectual property claims;
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

logistics and regulations associated with shipping systems and parts and components for systems, consumables and reagent kits, as well as transportation delays;

travel restrictions that limit the ability of marketing, presales, sales, services and support teams to service customers;

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

international trade disputes that could result in tariffs and other protective measures;

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.
Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, certain international markets are subject to significant political and economic uncertainty, including for example the effect of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union. Significant political and economic developments in international markets for which we intend to operate, or the perception that any of them could occur, creates further challenges for operating in these markets in addition to creating instability in global economic conditions.
We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and the anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of the United States or other countries.
We are subject to the FCPA, which among other things prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. We have engaged independent distributors in the past and currently use independent distributors to sell our platforms and instruments outside of the United States. Our reliance on independent distributors to sell the CODEX and Phenoptics platforms internationally demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in corrupt activity, because these distributors could be deemed to be our agents and we could be held responsible for their actions. Other U.S. companies in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical field have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with these individuals. We are also subject to similar anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom’s Bribery Act of 2010, which also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for companies to fail to prevent bribery, and the People’s Republic of China anti-bribery laws, including the PRC Anti-Unfair Competition Law amended in 2017, the PRC Criminal Law amended in 2017. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures.
Our employees, consultants, distributors and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, and insider trading.
We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, consultants, distributors and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the applicable laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
wide range of pricing, discounting and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could result in legal or regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and any other precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, which could have a significant impact on our business. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.
We use biological and hazardous materials that require considerable expertise and expense for handling, storage and disposal and may result in claims against us.
We work with materials, including chemicals, biological agents and compounds that could be hazardous to human health and safety or the environment. Our operations also produce hazardous and biological waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. We are subject to periodic inspections by federal, state and local authorities to ensure compliance with applicable laws. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may restrict our operations. If we do not comply with applicable regulations, we may be subject to fines and penalties.
In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development programs and business operations, as well as environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be liable for damages or penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources and our operations could be suspended or otherwise adversely affected. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent or other intellectual property protection for our technology, including the CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products and our technology may be impaired.
We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. If we fail to obtain or to protect our intellectual and proprietary property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us. In addition, we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.
To the extent our intellectual property offers inadequate protection, is found to be invalid or unenforceable, or laws affecting the scope of intellectual property protection and remedial actions change, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate coverage of our own or our competitors’ products, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time-consuming and expensive.
As is the case with other life sciences and biotechnology companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our products and technologies. We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, obtaining and enforcing patents in our industry is costly, time-consuming and complex,
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and we may fail to apply for patents on important products, services and technologies in a timely fashion or at all, or we may fail to apply for patents in potentially relevant jurisdictions. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, to maintain the rights to patents licensed to or from third parties, or to control enforcement of licensed patent rights. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We may not be able to control the extent of auxiliary rights licensed to other parties by entities from whom we license patent rights, which may affect our ability to exclude other parties from markets and jurisdictions based on those licensed patent rights.
It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents in a timely fashion or at all, and even if patents are granted, they may not provide a basis for intellectual property protection of commercially viable products or services, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties. It is possible that others will design around our current or future patented technologies or that our patents and patent applications may be challenged at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or in proceedings before the patent offices of other jurisdictions. We may not be successful in defending any such challenges made against our patents or patent applications. We may not be able to intervene or participate in any challenge to patent rights that are licensed by us from another party. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, in whole or in part, and increased competition to our business. We may have to challenge the patents or patent applications of third parties. The outcome of patent litigation or other proceedings can be uncertain, and any attempt by us to enforce our patent rights against others or to challenge the patent rights of others may not be successful, or, if successful, may take substantial time and result in substantial cost, and may divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.
Furthermore, our patents may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, the research resulting in certain of our in-licensed patent rights and technology was funded in part by the U.S. government. As a result, the government may have certain rights, or march-in rights, to such patent rights and technology. When new technologies are developed with government funding, the government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States.
The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States or elsewhere. Courts frequently render opinions in the biotechnology field that may affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries. Further, codified patent laws, legal principles, the scope of damages, and remedies for patent infringement can vary widely among jurisdictions, and our business may be affected differentially among those jurisdictions by any verdict, judgment, administrative proceeding, or other decision relating to enforcement of patent rights.
Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we license or own, currently or in the future, issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we own may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our products or other
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
technologies will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Some of our patents and patent applications may in the future be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patents in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, we may find it necessary or prudent to acquire or obtain licenses from third-party intellectual property holders. However, we may be unable to acquire or secure such licenses to any intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our products or any future products we may develop. The acquisition or licensing of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and our competitors may pursue strategies to acquire or license third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. Our competitors may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to acquire or license third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We heavily depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties, including our license agreements with Stanford for our CODEX product, PKI, Cambridge Research and VisEn Medical Inc. for our Phenoptics product, and our licensors may not always act in our best interest. If such owners do not properly or successfully obtain, maintain or enforce the patents underlying such licenses, or if they retain or license to others any competing rights, our competitive position and business prospects may be adversely affected.
We are dependent on patents, know-how and proprietary technology licensed from others. As a result, any termination of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to commercialize our product candidates. For example, we are a party to an agreement with Stanford pursuant to which we in-license key patents and patent applications for our proprietary CODEX product, as well as possible future product candidates and other technology used in our CODEX product. We are also a party to license agreements with the University of Washington; Caliper Life Sciences, Inc.; and PKI, Cambridge Research, and VisEn Medical Inc., pursuant to in which we have in-licensed important patents that protect key aspects of our current and future technologies.
Our current license agreements impose, and future agreements may impose, various diligence, commercialization, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us and require us to meet development timelines, or to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, in order to maintain the licenses. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate our license, in which event we would not be able to further develop or market our CODEX product. For example, our license agreement with Stanford imposes various due diligence, development and commercialization obligations, milestone payments, royalties and other obligations on us.
Certain of our licenses, including certain licenses with Stanford may not provide us with exclusive rights to use the licensed intellectual property and technology, or may not provide us with exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and product candidates in the future. In addition, the intellectual property portfolio licensed to us by our licensors, including certain intellectual property licensed by Stanford, at least in some respects, may be used by such licensors or licensed to third parties, and such third parties may have certain enforcement rights with respect to such intellectual property. Thus, patents licensed to us could be put at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly in litigation filed by or against our licensors or another licensee or in administrative proceedings brought by or against our
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
licensors or another licensee in response to such litigation or for other reasons. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors or other third parties from developing and commercializing competitive products, including in territories covered by our licenses.
In addition, we may need or desire to obtain additional licenses from our existing licensors and others to advance our research or allow commercialization of product candidates we may develop. In addition, third parties may allege that we require a license to their intellectual property rights to use our software and technology in connection with the exploitation of our products. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain needed or desired additional licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In such an event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be liable for damages, which may be significant, and we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected technology or product candidates, or face greater risk in the development or commercialization of such technologies and product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents and other intellectual property rights do not exist which might be enforced against our current technology, manufacturing methods, product candidates, or future methods or products resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our manufacture or future sales, or, with respect to our future sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation to third parties, which could be significant. Even if we are able to obtain such additional licenses, they may be non-exclusive thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technology licensed to us.
In addition, we may seek to obtain additional licenses from our licensors and, in connection with obtaining such licenses, we may agree to amend our existing licenses in a manner that may be more favorable to the licensors, including by agreeing to terms that could enable third parties, including our competitors, to receive licenses to a portion of the intellectual property that is subject to our existing licenses and to compete with our product candidates.
For example, some of our future agreements with certain of our third-party research partners may provide that improvements developed in the course of our relationship may be owned solely by either us or our third-party research partner. If we determine that rights to such improvements owned solely by a third-party research partner or other third party with whom we collaborate are necessary to commercialize our products or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the improvements and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing our products. We may not be able to obtain such a license on an exclusive basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or allow our competitors or others the chance to access technology that is important to our business.
Our success will depend in part on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce patent protection for our licensed intellectual property, in particular, those patents to which we have secured exclusive rights. Our licensors may not successfully prosecute the patent applications licensed to us. If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect our licensed intellectual property, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and technology could suffer. In addition, we may not have the right to control the maintenance, prosecution, preparation, filing, enforcement, defense and litigation of patents and patent applications that we license from other third parties. For example, in each of our agreements with Stanford; the University of Washington; and PKI, Cambridge Research and VisEn Medical Inc., we do not maintain control over the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patents. We thus cannot be certain that activities such as the maintenance and prosecution by our licensors have been or will be conducted consistent with our best interests or in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our licensors’ infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves or may not be conducted in accordance with our best interests. If our licensors fail to maintain such patents or patent applications, determine not to pursue litigation against other companies that are infringing these patents, pursue litigation less aggressively than we would, or lose rights to those patents or patent applications, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated, and our right to develop and commercialize any of our product candidates that are the subject of such licensed rights and our right to exclude third parties from
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
commercializing competing products could be adversely affected. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are generally also subject to all of the same risks with respect to protection of intellectual property that we license as we are for intellectual property that we own, which are described herein. If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect this intellectual property, our ability to commercialize products could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our products are dependent on intellectual property we license from third parties. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses, if the licenses are terminated, or if disputes regarding these licenses arise, we could lose significant rights that are important to our business and could interfere with our ability to operate our business.
Our instruments incorporate intellectual property we license from Stanford, with respect to CODEX, and PKI, Cambridge Research and VisEn Medical Inc., with respect to Phenoptics. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including those relating to:

the scope of rights, if any, granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

our financial and other obligations under the license agreement;

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

the inventorship or ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

the priority of invention of patented technology.
If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology or product candidates.
Our license agreements are, and future license agreements are likely to be, complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In spite of our efforts, our current and future licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under our license agreements and might therefore terminate such license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. If these in-licenses are terminated, or if the underlying patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical or competitive to ours and we may be required to cease our development and commercialization of certain of our product candidates. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we license prevent or impair our ability to maintain other licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology or product candidates. In addition, certain of these license agreements may not be assignable by us without the consent of the respective licensor, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to engage in certain transactions. As a result, any termination of or disputes over our intellectual property licenses could result
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in the loss of our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates, or we could lose other significant rights, experience significant delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates, or incur liability for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
In addition, a third party may in the future bring claims that our performance under our license agreements, including our sponsoring of clinical trials, interferes with such third party’s rights under its agreement with one of our licensors. If any such claim were successful, it may adversely affect our rights and ability to advance our product candidates as clinical candidates or subject us to liability for monetary damages, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Changes in patent law and its interpretation in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products and technologies.
Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries or regions may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. We may not develop additional proprietary products, methods and technologies that are patentable.
Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. On or after March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first-inventor-to-file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16, 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either file any patent application related to our products or technologies or invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensors’ patents or patent applications.
The America Invents Act also included a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation have increased the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents.
In addition, the patent position of companies in the biotechnology field is particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the United States Supreme Court, have rendered decisions that affect the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to biotechnology. These decisions state, among other things, that a patent claim that recites an abstract idea, natural phenomenon or law of nature (for example, the relationship between particular genetic variants and cancer) are not themselves patentable. Precisely what constitutes a law of nature or abstract idea is uncertain and continues to evolve in the courts, and it is possible that certain aspects of our technology could be considered natural laws. Accordingly, the evolving statutory and case law in the United States may adversely affect our ability to obtain patents and may
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
facilitate third-party challenges to any owned or licensed patents. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Issued patents covering our products and technologies could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability. Our patents or patent applications (including licensed patents) may be challenged at the USPTO or foreign patent offices in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, interference or other proceedings. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, in whole or in part, which may lead to increased competition to our business, which could harm our business. In addition, in patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on certain aspects of our products and platform technologies. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future products.
We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not until such patent applications issue as patents. We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. To determine the priority of these inventions, we may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO or foreign patent offices that could result in substantial cost to us. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain. No assurance can be given that third-party patent applications will not have priority over our patent applications. In addition, changes to the patent laws of the United States allow for various post-grant opposition proceedings that have not been extensively tested, and their outcome is therefore uncertain. Furthermore, if third parties bring these proceedings against our patents, we could experience significant costs and management distraction.
In addition, if we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our products, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. Defenses of these types of claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. Third parties may also raise claims challenging the validity or enforceability of our patents before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation, including through re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (such as opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products or technologies. The outcome for any particular patent following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant or other third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
protection on our products and technology. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our rights to develop and commercialize our products and technologies are subject, in part, to the terms and conditions of licenses granted to us by others.
We have in-licensed certain intellectual property rights from third parties, including Stanford and the University of Washington, with respect to our CODEX platform, and PKI, Cambridge Research and VisEn Medical Inc. with respect to our Phenoptics platform, and we may license intellectual property rights from others in the future. See “Business — Licenses” for more information regarding such agreements. If, for any reason, our license agreements are terminated or we otherwise lose the rights associated with such licenses, it could adversely affect our business. Our current and any future license agreements may impose various development, commercialization, funding, diligence, sublicensing, insurance, patent prosecution and enforcement or other obligations on us, as well as milestone, royalty, annual maintenance and other payment obligations. If we breach any material obligations, or use the intellectual property licensed to us in an unauthorized manner, or if, in spite of our efforts, a collaborator or licensor concludes that we have materially breached our obligations under such agreement, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, which could result in us being unable to develop, manufacture and commercialize products that are covered by the licensed technology or having to negotiate new or reinstated licenses on less favorable terms, or enable a competitor or other third party to gain access to the licensed technology.
Licensing of intellectual property is of high importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

our compliance with reporting and financial obligations under our license agreements;

whether and the extent to which our products and technologies infringe on, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the license agreement;

our right to sublicense the applicable intellectual or proprietary rights to third parties;

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our products and technologies, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

our right to transfer or assign the license;

the inventorship and/or ownership of patents, inventions, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary rights resulting from activities performed by our licensors, us and our partners; and

the priority of invention of patented technology.
These agreements may be complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates. In addition, certain of our agreements may limit or delay our ability to consummate certain transactions, may impact the value of those transactions, or may limit our ability to pursue certain activities. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we cannot acquire or license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms or at all, we may not be able to commercialize our current or any future products or technologies.
In the future, we may identify third-party intellectual property and technology we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new products or technologies, and
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use this technology. However, such licenses may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor in return for the use of such licensor’s technology, including lump-sum payments, ongoing maintenance fees, payments based on certain milestones such as development and regulatory events and sales volumes, or royalties based on sales of our platform. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors and other third parties access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. We may also need to acquire or negotiate licenses to patents or patent applications before or after introducing a commercial product. The acquisition and licensing of third-party patent and other intellectual property and proprietary rights is a competitive area, and other companies may also be pursuing strategies to acquire or license such rights that we may consider attractive. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to enter into necessary agreements on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses or fail to prevent infringement, misappropriation or other violation by third parties, or if the acquired or licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, we could encounter delays in the introduction of products or services while we attempt to develop alternatives. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing our current and any future products and technologies. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and we may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products, technologies, instruments and workflows in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in some or all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors or other third parties may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products. Our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. Furthermore, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of any patents.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property and proprietary protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property rights including infringement of our patents in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, or that are initiated against us, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
obtain adequate protection for our products, services and other technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.
We rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, including parts of our technology platforms, and to maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we seek to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into agreements, including confidentiality agreements, non-disclosure agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements, with our employees, consultants, academic institutions, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisors. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties. We therefore cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors or other third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure, which could adversely impact our ability to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in the market. If we are required to assert our rights against such party, it could result in significant cost and distraction. Depending upon the parties involved in such a breach, the available remedies may not provide adequate compensation for the value of any proprietary information disclosed to a third party.
Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to attempt to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, the scope of protection for trade secrets outside the United States varies widely and may be significantly less than in the United States, and damages and other remedies available for improper disclosure of proprietary information can differ substantially from those in the United States, and in some jurisdictions may not be available at all.
We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, absent patent protection, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently discovered by a competitor or other third party, it could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed trade secrets or other confidential information of their former employers or other third parties or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.
We have employed and expect to employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
employees, consultants, advisors and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that our employees, advisors, consultants or independent contractors have deliberately, inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers or other third parties, or to claims that we have improperly used or obtained such trade secrets. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and face increased competition to our business. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize potential products, which could harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names, or build name recognition in our markets of interest thereby harming our competitive position.
The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, products or services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Further, we may in the future be required to enter into agreements with owners of such third-party trade names or trademarks to avoid potential trademark litigation which may limit our ability to use our trade names or trademarks in certain fields of business.
We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, although we have registered 10 trademarks in the United States as well as certain of our trademarks outside of the United States. If we apply to register these trademarks in other countries, and/or other trademarks in the United States and other countries, our applications may not be allowed for registration in a timely fashion or at all; and further, our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings have been, or may in the future be, filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In addition, third parties may file first for our trademarks in certain countries. If they succeed in registering such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products and technologies in those countries. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Over the long-term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, then our marketing abilities may be materially adversely impacted.
We may be subject to claims challenging the ownership or inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property and, if unsuccessful in any of these proceedings, we may be required to obtain licenses from third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of one or more of our products.
We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our products.
Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship of our or our licensors’ owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our systems, including our software, workflows, consumables and reagent kits. If we or our licensors were to lose exclusive ownership of such intellectual property, other owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors. We also may be required to obtain and maintain licenses from third parties, including parties involved in any such disputes. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of one or more of our products. The loss of exclusivity or the narrowing of our patent claims could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may become involved in litigation related to intellectual property, which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and may require us to pay damages, or prevent us from making our existing or future products.
In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving intellectual property rights. Our commercial success depends in part upon our ability and that of our contract manufacturers and suppliers to manufacture, market, and sell our products and to use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the proprietary rights or intellectual property of third parties. We may in the future be involved in litigation or actions at the USPTO with various third parties that claim we or our partners or customers using our solutions and services have infringed, misappropriated, misused or otherwise violated other parties’ intellectual property rights. We expect that the number of such claims may increase as the number of our products, instruments, workflows, and the level of competition in our industry segments, grow. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation, regardless of its validity, could harm our business by, among other things, resulting in time-consuming and costly litigation, diverting management’s time and attention from the development of the business, requiring the payment of monetary damages (including treble damages and attorneys’ fees in circumstances where infringement of patent rights is deemed to be willful) or royalty payments, or result in potential or existing customers delaying purchases of our products or entering into engagements with us pending resolution of the dispute.
As we move into new markets and applications for our platforms, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other intellectual property and proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and, in the future, have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product or service revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success may depend in part on our ability to avoid infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the patents or other intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties, or our ability to prove the invalidity or unenforceability of such rights.
Our research, development and commercialization activities may in the future be subject to claims that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property or proprietary rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of patent challenges and other litigation involving intellectual property and proprietary rights, both within and outside the United States, in the biotechnology industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, inter partes review, ex parte review, and post-grant review proceedings before the USPTO and corresponding proceedings (such as oppositions) in foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. As the biotechnology industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our products may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, are being litigated and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and targeted markets, and one or more third parties may assert that our products or services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property or proprietary rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into or growth in those markets.
Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. In addition, we may in the future receive correspondence from third parties referring to the relevance of such third parties’ intellectual property to our technology, our workflows or our advanced automated systems. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our current or future products and services may be accused of infringing. In addition, we expect our competitors and other third parties may have patents or other intellectual property rights or may in the future obtain patents or other intellectual property rights and allege that making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our platforms, or the systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits that comprise our platforms, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate these patents and other intellectual property rights. Pending patent applications that may or may not have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that may be alleged to cover our platforms, including our products, instruments and workflows. Future patent applications that are related to currently pending patent applications filed by third parties may also be alleged to cover our products, instruments and workflows.
Under the applicable laws of various jurisdictions, the scope of a patent claim is determined by a variety of factors which can include, but are not limited to, an interpretation of statutes, decisions of courts of competent jurisdiction, the written disclosure in a patent, the patent’s prosecution history, and an understanding of the scope of knowledge available to a person of ordinary skill in the particular art to which the patent claim pertains at the earliest effective priority date of the patent claim. These various factors can be weighed differently in different jurisdictions, and some may not be taken into account at all. Our interpretation of the meaning or the scope of one or more claims of an issued patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by third-party patent claims or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products. In order to successfully challenge the validity of a U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent.
Even if we believe third-party intellectual property claims are without merit, there can be no assurance that we will prevail in any suit initiated against us by third parties, successfully reach a settlement, or otherwise resolve patent or other intellectual property-related claims. Third parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell products or services, import or export products, components, reagents and other articles, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us, including treble damages and attorney’s fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation against us, we may be required to pay damages and ongoing royalties, and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products or services. We may not be able to obtain these licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or these licenses may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors or other third parties gaining access to the same intellectual property. In addition, we could encounter delays and incur significant costs in product or service introductions while we attempt to develop alternative products or services or redesign our products or services in order to avoid infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating third-party patents or other intellectual property and proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses or to develop a workaround could prevent us from commercializing our products and technologies, and
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the prohibition of sale or the threat of the prohibition of sale of any of our products or technologies could materially affect our business and our ability to gain market acceptance for our products and technologies.
In addition, our agreements with some of our customers, suppliers or other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims, including the types of claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources, distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities and result in negative publicity and other harms.
Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, even if resolved in our favor, may cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel from their normal responsibilities in defending against any of these claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating costs and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property proceedings could harm our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There also could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.
Third parties, including our competitors, could infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and services.
Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and other proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and validity of the proprietary rights of others. We are not currently engaged in any lawsuits based upon allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property or proprietary rights. If we become engaged in litigation related to intellectual property rights and we do not prevail in such legal proceedings, we may be required to pay damages and we may lose significant intellectual property protection for our products or services, such that competitors could copy our products or services. Any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to the stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
intellectual property rights. The outcome in any such lawsuits are unpredictable. Even if we do prevail in any future litigation related to intellectual property rights, the cost and time requirements of the litigation could negatively impact our financial results.
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various required procedures, document submissions, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States at several stages over the lifetime of our patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we engage an outside service and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies also require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, but we also may be dependent on our licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors and other third parties may be able to enter the market without infringing our patents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest claimed priority date. Modifications to this lifetime may occur, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent term has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. If one of our products requires extended development, testing and/or regulatory review, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours within a commercially meaningful window.
Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to offer our products and technologies and subject us to possible litigation.
We use open source software in connection with our products and technologies. Companies that incorporate open source software into their technologies have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming non-compliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code, which could include valuable proprietary code of the user, on unfavorable terms or at no cost. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our internally developed source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software which, thus, may contain security vulnerabilities or infringing or broken code. Any requirement to publicly disclose our internally developed source code or pay damages for breach of contract could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and could help our competitors develop products and technologies that are similar to or better than ours.
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

others may be able to make products and technologies that are similar to any products and technologies we may develop but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or license;

we, or our current or future license partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our owned or licensed issued patents or pending patent applications;

we, or our current or future license partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;

it is possible that our current and future owned or licensed pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our issued patents, or parts of our issued patents;

it is possible that there are unpublished applications or patent applications maintained in secrecy that may later issue with claims covering our product candidates or technology similar to ours;

the claims of our patent applications, if and when issued, may not cover our products or technologies;

the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights or the proprietary rights of license partners or current or future collaborators to the same extent as the laws of the United States;

the inventors of our patent applications may become involved with competitors, develop products or processes that design around our patents, or become hostile to us or the patents or patent applications on which they are named as inventors;

we engage in scientific collaborations and will continue to do so in the future, and our collaborators may develop adjacent or competing products that are outside the scope of our patents;

any products or technologies we develop may be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

the patents of others may harm our business; and

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.
Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering
There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
lack of an active trading market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock or to acquire other complementary products, technologies or businesses by using our shares of common stock as consideration.
Upon closing of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on Nasdaq. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, however, we could be de-listed, which would negatively impact the price of our common stock.
We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell the shares you purchase in this offering at or above the offering price.
The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering is determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results, including fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results;

the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;

variances in our product and system reliability;

overall conditions in our industry and the markets in which we operate;

disputes or other developments with respect to our or others’ intellectual property or proprietary rights;

actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or growth rate as a result of our competitors’ operating results;

our ability to develop, obtain any required regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

product liability claims or other litigation;

announcement or expectation of additional financing effort;

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

media exposure of our products or of those of others in our industry;

the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our ability to receive products and supplies from third parties and our ability to sell our products;

changes in applicable governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
In recent years, the stock markets generally have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of listed companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and operating results and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur in large quantities, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have 35,689,344 shares of common stock outstanding.
All of the common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Further, as of December 31, 2020, we had 3,920,487 options outstanding that, if fully exercised, would result in the issuance of 3,920,487 shares of common stock. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options as of the date of this prospectus and shares that will be issuable pursuant to future awards granted under our equity incentive plan. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to applicable vesting requirements, compliance by affiliates with Rule 144, and other restrictions provided under the terms of the applicable plan and/or the award agreements entered into with participants.
Sales, short sales, or hedging transactions involving our equity securities, whether before or after this offering and whether or not we believe them to be prohibited, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Securities analysts may not publish favorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
If a trading market for our common stock develops, the trading market will be influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock will have had relatively little experience with us or our industry, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports covering us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company,” we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; we will be exempt from any rules that could be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements; we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including if (i) we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue in any fiscal year, (ii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.
The exact implications of the JOBS Act are subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common stock less attractive to the extent we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or become more volatile.
We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, our operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.
If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.
Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $16.45 per share, the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020 after giving effect to this offering. For more information on the dilution you may suffer as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.” This dilution is due to the
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering and the exercise prices of stock options granted to our employees and our outstanding warrant. The exercise of any of these options or warrant would result in additional dilution.
Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase our common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, or other equity securities or securities convertible into our common stock, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause the stock price of our common stock to decline.
We may issue additional securities following the closing of this offering. In the future, we may sell common stock, other series of common stock, convertible securities, or other equity securities, including preferred securities, in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. We also expect to issue common stock to employees, consultants, and directors pursuant to our equity incentive plans. If we sell common stock, other series of common stock, convertible securities, or other equity securities in subsequent transactions, or common stock is issued pursuant to equity incentive plans, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.
We have not and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the operation and growth of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments. Furthermore, our Credit Agreements contain negative covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. For more information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares, could result in a decrease in the market price of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we will have 35,689,344 outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares, shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or 180-day lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of up to 26,545,579 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of our convertible preferred stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”
Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.
After this offering, our officers, directors and principal stockholders each holding more than 5% of our common stock will collectively control approximately 58.6% of our outstanding common stock. As a result,
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
these stockholders, if acting together, will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our organizational documents, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and any other significant corporate transaction. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company or our assets and might affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company or smaller reporting company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Nasdaq listing requirements and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain sufficient coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. Moreover, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.
If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.
The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, including performing the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may be limited by a variety of factors, including:

faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

inappropriate management override of procedures; and

the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial control.
We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to implement and maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
When we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our auditors will be required to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, unless we are then eligible for any other exemption from such requirement. If we are unable to confirm that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
The failure to successfully implement and maintain accounting systems could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
If our revenue and other accounting or tax systems do not operate as intended or do not scale with anticipated growth in our business, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could be adversely affected. Any failure to develop, implement, or maintain effective internal controls related to our revenue and other accounting or tax systems and associated reporting could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, if we experience interruptions in service or operational difficulties with our revenue and other accounting or tax systems, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by changes in accounting principles.
The accounting for our business is subject to change based on the evolution of our business model, interpretations of relevant accounting principles, enforcement of existing or new regulations, and changes in policies, rules, regulations, and interpretations, of accounting and financial reporting requirements of the SEC or other regulatory agencies. Adoption of a change in accounting principles or interpretations could
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the adoption of such change. It is difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles and accounting policies over financial reporting, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and could require significant investment in systems and personnel.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include that:

our board of directors has the right to expand the size of our board of directors and to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

our stockholders may not act by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chair of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, or a majority of the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

our board of directors may alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and

our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered or intend to enter into with our directors and officers provide that:

we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;

we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;

we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers will undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;

the rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and

we may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.
While we have procured directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, such insurance policies may not be available to us in the future at a reasonable rate, may not cover all potential claims for indemnification, and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The choice of forum provision requiring that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for certain actions would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act.
There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and the restrictions set forth in any of our contractual agreements, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. In addition, any future debt or preferred securities or future debt agreements we may enter may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a cumulative change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We may have experienced at least one ownership change in the past, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control), including in connection with this offering. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to offset such taxable income will be subject to limitations. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use a material portion of our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “would,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market, our anticipated financial position, our liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.
Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus as a result of various factors, including, among others:

our company as an early stage company with a history of losses, which expects to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future;

our ability to manage and grow our business by expanding our sales to existing customers or introducing our products and technologies to new customers;

our dependency upon the biopharmaceutical industry’s willingness to adopt our spatial biology platforms;

the impact of health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business and the actions we may take in response thereto;

developments and projections relating to our competitors and industry;

increases in costs, disruption of supply or shortage of raw materials, which could harm our business;

our expectations about how market trends will affect our TAM;

our and our licensors’ ability to obtain, establish, maintain, protect and enforce intellectual property and proprietary protection for our products and technologies and to avoid claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of third-party intellectual property and proprietary rights;

our ability to hire and retain key management, scientific and engineering personnel and to manage our future growth effectively;

our ability to obtain additional financing in this or future offerings;

the volatility of the trading price of our common stock;

evolving regulations and the potential for unfavorable changes to, or failure by us to comply with, regulations, which could substantially harm our business and operating results;

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

our expectations regarding use of proceeds from this offering.
We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $113.8 million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $131.2 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $6.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, for working capital and general corporate purposes, including: (1) approximately $25.0 million to expand our commercial operations to grow and support the installed base of our instruments among life sciences research customers in the United States and internationally; and (2) approximately $20.0 million to fund our research and development efforts to expand the applications of our current instruments and to create enhanced products with our platform of technologies. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Term Loan with Midcap Financial Trust. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Midcap Financial Trust Loan” for more information.
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock as of December 31, 2020 into 2,563,765 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 into 26,545,579 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (3) the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid in capital (as the warrant will be exercisable into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and will no longer meet the requirements of liability classification), and (4) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma items described immediately above and (2) our issuance and sale of 6,580,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.
As of December 31, 2020
Actual
Pro Forma
(unaudited)
Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 17,006 $ 17,006 $ 130,775
Current portion of long-term debt
$ 1,032 $ 1,032 $ 1,032
Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt discount
$ 33,488 $ 33,488 $ 33,488
Warrant Liability
490
Redeemable convertible preferred stock,
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 13,715,330 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
11,500
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 26,732,361 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
30,107
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 16,758,996 shares authorized; 16,390,217 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
27,500
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of December 31, 2020
Actual
Pro Forma
(unaudited)
Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value;
5,013,333 shares authorized, issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding,
pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
1,253
Class A Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 62,220,020
shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 29,109,344
shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000
shares authorized, 35,689,344 shares issued and
outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
2 2
Class B Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 16,822,202 shares authorized; 2,563,765 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
1
Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares
authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000
shares authorized and no shares issued and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
Additional paid-in capital
70,849 184,618
Accumulated deficit
(52,280) (52,280) (52,280)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
(51,026) 18,571 132,340
Total capitalization
$ 53,091 $ 53,091 $ 166,860
(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $6.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $17.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization and shares of common stock outstanding would be $148.2 million, $202.1 million, $149.8 million, $183.3 million and 36,676,344 shares, respectively.
The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 29,109,344 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

3,920,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, having a weighted average exercise price of $0.51 per share;

158,274 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, having an exercise price of $3.56 per share, and are expected remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

1,727,953 shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

172,795 shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.
Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after this offering. As of December 31, 2020, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(93.5) million, or $(36.48) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, redeemable preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we had a pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $(23.2) million, or $(0.80) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock as of December 31, 2020 into 2,563,765 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 into 26,545,579 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (3) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving further effect to the sale of 6,580,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $90.9 million, or approximately $2.55 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.35 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $16.45 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Without Over-allotment
With Over-allotment
Assumed initial public offering price per share
$ 19.00 $ 19.00
Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020
$ (36.48) $ (36.48)
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020
$ (0.80) $ (0.80)
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
$ 3.35 $ 3.75
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
$ 2.55 $ 2.95
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
$ 16.45 $ 16.05
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.17, and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.83, in each case assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.41 per share and decrease the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.41 per share, and a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.44 per share and increase the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.44 per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares purchased
Total consideration
Average
price per share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing investors
29,109,344 82% $ 60,880,491 33% $ 2.09
New investors in this offering
6,580,000 18 125,020,000 67% $ 19.00
Total
35,689,344 100% $ 185,900,491 100% $ 5.21
The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to 79% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to 21% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 29,109,344 shares of our common stock (including 26,545,579 shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

3,920,487 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, having a weighted average exercise price of $0.51 per share;

158,274 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, having an exercise price of $3.56 per share, and are expected remain unexercised after the completion of this offering;

1,727,953 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

172,795 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.
Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.
To the extent any of the outstanding options or warrants are exercised or new options or other securities are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution as a new investor in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Furthermore, we may choose to issue common stock as part or all of the consideration in acquisitions as part of our planned growth strategy. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results for any period. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” The selected consolidated financial data included in this section is not intended to replace the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Year ended
December 31,
($ in thousands, except share and per share data)
2020
2019
Consolidated statements of operations
Revenue:
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service and other revenue
9,005 5,892
Total revenue
42,443 42,236
Cost of goods sold:
Cost of product revenue
12,584 15,447
Cost of service and other revenue
3,951 2,126
Total cost of goods sold
16,535 17,573
Gross profit
25,908 24,663
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
23,982 26,351
Research and development
9,603 8,761
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
519 (1,201)
Depreciation and amortization
3,815 3,055
Total operating expenses
37,919 36,966
Loss from operations
(12,011) (12,303)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
(2,723) (1,881)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(298)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,671)
Other (expense) income, net
39 (373)
Loss before provision for income taxes
(16,664) (14,557)
Provision for income taxes
(42) (194)
Net loss
$ (16,706) $ (14,751)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)
$ (9.18) $ (8.04)
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)
2,370,574 2,276,048
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)
$ (0.75)
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)
28,916,153
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(1)
See Note 2 and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and unaudited pro forma information.
December 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash, cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, and restricted cash – long
term
$ 17,508 $ 22,160
Working capital(1)
11,534 19,719
Total assets
77,660 89,413
Deferred revenue
4,852 5,280
Current portion of long-term debt
1,032
Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt discount
33,488 24,466
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
69,107 64,347
Convertible preferred stock
1,253 1,253
Accumulated deficit
(52,280) (31,413)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(51,026) (30,159)
(1)
Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Please also see the section titled “Special note regarding forward looking statements.”
Overview
We are an innovative life sciences technology company delivering spatial biology solutions focused on transforming discovery and clinical research. Our mission is to deliver a revolutionary new class of spatially derived biomarkers that empower life sciences researchers to better understand disease and clinicians to improve patient outcomes. Spatial biology refers to a rapidly evolving technology that enables academic and biopharma scientists to detect and map the distribution of cell types and biomarkers across whole tissue samples at single cell resolution, enabling advancements in their understanding of disease progression and patient response to therapy. Through our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, reagents, software and services, we offer end-to-end solutions to perform tissue analysis and spatial phenotyping across the full continuum, from discovery through translational and clinical research.
Our spatial biology solutions measure cells and proteins by providing biomarker data in its spatial context while preserving tissue integrity. Biomarkers are objective measures that capture what is happening in a cell or tissue at a given moment. Current genomic and proteomic methods, such as next-generation sequencing (NGS), single-cell analysis, flow cytometry and mass spectrometry, are providing meaningful data but require the destruction of the tissue sample for analysis. While valuable and broadly adopted, these approaches allow scientists to analyze the biomarkers and cells that comprise the tissue but do not provide the fundamental information about tissue structure, cellular interactions and the localized measurements of key biomarkers. Furthermore, current non-destructive tissue analysis and histological methods provide some limited spatial information, but only measure a minimal number of biomarkers at a time and require expert pathologist interpretation. Our platforms address these limitations by providing end-to-end solutions that enable researchers to quantitatively interrogate a large number of biomarkers and cell types across a tissue section at single cell resolution. The result is a detailed and computable map of the tissue sample that thoroughly captures the underlying tissue dynamics and interactions between key cell types and biomarkers, a process now referred to as spatial phenotyping. We believe that we are the only business with the breadth of platform capabilities that enable researchers to do a deep exploratory and discovery study, and then further advance and scale their study through translational and clinical phases, thereby helping to provide a broad scope of understanding of human biology, disease progression and response to therapy.
We offer two distinct platforms for spatial phenotyping, each designed to serve the unique needs of our customers in the discovery, translational and clinical markets. The first, CODEX, is an ultra-high parameter and cost-effective platform ideally suited for discovery research with the ability to identify more than 40 biomarkers in a tissue sample. The second, Phenoptics, is a high-throughput platform with the automation and robustness needed for translational and clinical applications. Both offer seamless and integrated workflow solutions for our customers, including important benefits such as flexible sample types, automated sample processing, scalability, comprehensive data analysis and software solutions and dedicated field and applications support. With these platforms, our customers are performing spatial phenotyping to further advance their understanding of diseases such as cancer, neurological and autoimmune disorders, and many other therapeutic areas.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, revenue from North America accounted for approximately 47% and 53% of our revenue, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, we employed a commercial team of 67 employees, including many with significant industry and technical experience. We follow a direct sales model in North America and EMEA, while selling through third party distributors and dealers in APAC.
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We focus a substantial portion of our resources on research and development, as well as on business development and sales and marketing. Our research and development efforts are geared towards developing new instruments and assay capabilities, as well as new reagent kits, to meet both our customers’ needs and to address new markets. We incurred research and development expenses of $9.6 million and $8.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We intend to continue making significant investments in this area for the foreseeable future. We also intend to continue to make investments in building our sales team and marketing our products and services to potential customers. We incurred aggregate general, administrative, and sales and marketing expenses of $24.0 million and $26.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
We generally outsource all of our production manufacturing. Design work, prototyping and pilot manufacturing are performed in-house before outsourcing to third party contract manufacturers. Our outsourced production strategy is intended to drive cost leverage and scale, and avoid the high capital outlays and fixed costs related to constructing and operating a manufacturing facility. The contract manufacturers of our systems and reagent kits are located in the United States and Asia. Certain of our suppliers of components and materials are single source suppliers. We manufacture and assemble certain instrument components in-house.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have financed our operations primarily from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred stock and borrowings under our long-term debt agreement. We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception in 2015. Our net losses were $16.7 million and $14.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, including the expansion of our commercial capabilities and organizations;

market and sell new and existing solutions and services;

invest in processes and infrastructure to scale our business;

support research and development to introduce new solutions;

expand, protect and defend our intellectual property; and

acquire complementary businesses or technologies to support the growth of our business.
Key factors affecting our results of operations and future performance
There are a number of factors that have impacted, and we believe will continue to impact, our business, results of operations and growth. Our ability to successfully address these factors is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described under the heading “Risk Factors.
Expansion of our installed base
We are focused on increasing sales of our Codex and Phenoptics platforms to new and existing customers. Our financial performance has historically been driven by, and will continue to be impacted by, the volume of instrument sales. Additionally, instrument sales are a leading indicator of future recurring revenue from consumables and services. Our operating results and growth prospects will be dependent in part on our ability to increase our instrument installed base as we further penetrate existing markets and expand into, or offer new features and solutions that appeal to, new markets.
We believe our market is still evolving and relatively underpenetrated. As spatial biology is further validated through rapid acceleration of peer-reviewed publications and growing adoption by the life sciences research market, we believe we have an opportunity to significantly increase our installed base. In order to capitalize on this opportunity to drive adoption of our platforms across the entire market, we intend to expand our global sales and marketing organizations, increase the scale of our outbound marketing activities, invest in commercial channel infrastructure and deliver new, market-leading solutions to our customers. In addition, we regularly solicit feedback from our customers in order to enhance our solutions
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and their applications for life sciences research, which we believe will drive increased adoption of our platforms as they better serve our customers’ needs.
Drive incremental pull through
We believe that expansion of our installed base to new and existing customers will drive an increase in our recurring reagent and instrument service revenue. In addition, as our research and development team identifies and launches new applications and biomarker targets, we expect to increase incremental pull through on our existing and new instrument installed base. Recurring revenue was 33% and 29% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our recurring revenue as a percentage of total product and service revenue will vary based upon new device placements in the period. As our installed base expands, we expect recurring revenue on an absolute basis to increase and become an increasingly important contributor to our revenue.
Improve revenue mix and gross margin
Our revenue is primarily derived from sales of our platforms, consumables, software, and services. Our revenue mix will fluctuate from period-to-period, particularly revenue generated from instrument sales. As our installed base grows, we expect consumables and instrument service revenue to constitute a larger percentage of total revenue.
Our margins are higher for those instruments and consumables that we sell directly to customers compared to those sold through distributors. While we do not currently intend to terminate our distributor relationships, we plan to increase our direct sales capabilities in certain geographies which we believe will improve our gross margins.
Future instrument and consumable selling prices and gross margins may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including the introduction by others of competing products and solutions. We aim to mitigate downward pressure on our average selling prices by increasing the value proposition offered by our instruments and consumables, primarily by expanding the applications for our devices and increasing the quantity and quality of data that can be obtained using our consumables.
COVID-19 Impact
In March 2020, COVID-19 was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization. In the following weeks, many states and counties across the United States responded by implementing a number of measures designed to prevent its spread, including stay-at-home or shelter-in-place orders, quarantines and closure of all non-essential businesses. The impact of this pandemic has been and will likely continue to be extensive in many aspects of society, which has resulted in and will likely continue to result in significant disruptions to the global economy, as well as businesses and capital markets around the world.
Impacts in 2020 to our business as a result of COVID-19 include disruptions to our manufacturing operations and supply chain caused by facility closures, reductions in operating hours, staggered shifts and other social distancing efforts, decreased productivity and unavailability of materials or components, limitations on our employees’ and customers’ ability to travel, and delays in product installations, trainings or shipments to and from affected countries and within the United States. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the spread of COVID-19, we have taken precautionary measures intended to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, our customers and the communities in which we operate, including temporarily closing our offices to visitors and limiting the number of employees in our offices to those that are deemed essential for manufacturing and research purposes, as well as virtualizing, postponing or canceling customer, employee and industry events.
Disruptions in our customers’ operations have impacted and may continue to impact our business. For example, laboratory shutdowns and reduced capital spend by our customers have negatively impacted our instrument and reagent sales. We are focused on navigating the challenges presented by COVID-19, with a primary focus on preserving our liquidity and managing our cash flows by taking preemptive action to enhance our ability to meet our short-term liquidity needs. To address actual and expected reductions in revenue and cash flows, we reduced our discretionary spending.
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We do not yet know the net impact that the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business and cannot guarantee that it will not be materially negative. Although we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available, the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and/or the precautionary measures that we have adopted may create operational and other challenges, any of which could harm our business and results of operations. While we maintain an inventory of finished products and raw materials used in our products, a prolonged pandemic could lead to shortages in the raw materials necessary to manufacture our products. If we experience a prolonged disruption in our manufacturing, supply chains or commercial operations, or if demand for our products is significantly reduced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we would expect to experience a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Historically, a significant portion of our field sales, customer training events and other application services have been conducted in person, and the rollout of our new products has historically been supported by our participation at industry conferences. Currently, as a result of the work and travel restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the precautionary measures that we have adopted, substantially all of our field sales and professional services activities are being conducted remotely, which has resulted in a decrease in our travel expenditures. However, we expect our travel expenditures to increase in the future, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not yet know the extent of the negative impact of such restrictions and precautionary measures on our ability to attract new customers or retain and expand our relationships with existing customers over the near and long term. The length of time and full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may directly or indirectly impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain, subject to change and difficult to predict.
License Agreements
In November 2015, we entered into an exclusive (equity) agreement with Stanford, pursuant to which Stanford granted us an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable (subject to certain requirements) license under certain patent rights to make, use, import and commercialize products for diagnostic, industrial and research and development purposes. We agreed to pay annual license maintenance fees ranging from $20 thousand to $50 thousand for the royalty-bearing license to certain patents. We also issued a total of 213,333 shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the agreement in 2015, which were recorded at fair value at the date of issuance. We are required to pay royalties on net sales of products that are covered by patent rights under the agreement at a rate of 2.25%, subject to reductions and offsets in certain circumstances, as well as a portion of any of our sublicensing income.
In September 2018, in connection with the acquisition of the Phenoptics technology from PKI, we entered into a license and royalty agreement with PKI, Cambridge Research & Instrumentation, Inc., and VisEn Medical Inc., pursuant to which such parties granted us an exclusive, nontransferable, sublicensable (subject to certain conditions) license under certain patent rights and know-how to make, use, import and commercialize Phenoptics products and services. We are required to pay royalties on net sales of products and services that are covered by patent rights under the agreement at a rate ranging from 1.0% to 7.0%.
Transition Services Agreement
In September 2018, in connection with the acquisition of the Phenoptics technology from PKI, we entered into a Transition Services Agreement under which PKI will continue to provide various services, including manufacturing and distribution, to us relating to the Phenoptics products over a period of one year in exchange for payment. Over the term of the Transition Services Agreement, we provided PKI with instrument demand forecasts for production and purchase orders specifying the quantity of items to be purchased. Upon termination of the Agreement, all raw materials, work in process, replacement parts, supplies, and finished goods in the possession of PKI and not already owned by us were purchased per the associated pricing list in the Transition Services Agreement. The agreement terminated by its terms as of December 31, 2019.
Key Business Metrics
We regularly review the number of instrument placements and cumulative instrument placement as key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, develop
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these metrics are representative of our current business; however, we anticipate these will change or may be substituted for additional or different metrics as our business grows.
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our instrument placements were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Instrument Placements:
118 146
Our instruments are sold globally to leading biopharma companies and top research institutions and medical centers. Our quarterly instrument placements fluctuate considerably from period-to-period due to the type and size of our customers and their procurement and budgeting cycles. We expect continued fluctuations in our quarterly period-to-period number of instrument placements.
We believe our instrument placements are important metrics to measure our business because together they are driven by our ability to secure new customers and drive adoption of our Codex and Phenoptics platforms and provide insights into anticipated recurring revenue for consumables and instrument services.
Components of results of operations
Revenue
Product Revenue
We generate product revenue from the sale of our instruments, consumables and software products. Instrument sales accounted for 71% and 73% of our product revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Consumables revenue accounted for 26% and 22% of our product revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Our current instrument offerings include our Codex platform and our Phenoptics platform. Our sales process with customers is often long and involves multiple levels of approvals. As a result, the revenue for our platforms can vary significantly from period-to-period and has been, and may continue to be, concentrated in a small number of customers in any given period.
We sell our instruments directly to customers and through distributors. Each of our instrument sales drives various streams of recurring revenue comprised of consumable product sales and instrument services.
Service and Other Revenue
We primarily generate service and other revenue from instrument service, which generally consists of sales of extended service contracts, in addition to installation and training, as well as from our laboratory services operation, where we provide sample testing services to customers utilizing our in-house lab operation.
We offer our customers extended warranty and service plans for our platforms. Our extended warranty and service plans are offered for periods beyond the standard one-year warranty that all customers receive. These extended warranty and service plans generally have fixed fees and terms ranging from one to four additional years. We recognize revenue from the sale of extended warranty and service plans over the respective coverage period, which approximates the service effort provided by us.
The Company records shipping and handling billed to customers as service and other revenue and the related costs in cost of service and other revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, our revenue was comprised of the following sources:
Year ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Product and service revenue:
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service revenue and other
9,005 5,892
Total revenue
$ 42,443 $ 42,236
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We sell our products globally. We sell directly to end customers in North America and EMEA and we sell through third party distributors and dealers in the APAC region.
Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Product cost of revenue primarily consists of costs for finished goods (both instruments and reagents) produced by our contract manufacturers, and associated freight, shipping and handling costs for products shipped to customers, salaries and other personnel costs, and other direct costs related to those sales recognized as product revenue in the period. Cost of goods sold for services and other primarily consists of salaries and other personnel costs, travel related to services provided, costs of servicing equipment at customer sites, and all personnel and related costs for our laboratory services operation.
We expect that our cost of goods sold will increase or decrease to the extent that our revenue increases and decreases and depending on the mix of revenue in any specific period.
Gross profit is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross profit in future periods will depend on a variety of factors, including: market conditions that may impact our pricing, sales mix among instruments, sales mix changes among consumables, excess and obsolete inventories, costs we pay our contract manufacturers for their services, our cost structure for lab service operations relative to volume, and product warranty obligations. Our gross profit in future periods will also vary based upon our channel mix and may decrease based upon our distribution channels.
Gross profit was $25.9 million compared to $24.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Operating expenses
Research and development.   Research and development costs primarily consist of salaries, benefits, engineering/design costs, laboratory supplies, and materials expenses for employees and third parties engaged in research and product development. We expense all research and development costs in the period in which they are incurred.
We plan to continue to invest in our research and development efforts, including hiring additional employees, to enhance existing products and develop new products. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.
Selling, general and administrative.   Our selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries and benefits for employees in our executive, accounting and finance, legal expenses related to intellectual property, sales and marketing, operations, and human resource functions as well as professional services fees, such as consulting, audit, tax and legal fees, general corporate costs, commercial sales functions, marketing, travel expenses, facilities, IT, and allocated overhead expenses. We expect that our sales, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars after this offering, primarily due to increased headcount to support anticipated growth in the business and due to incremental costs associated with operating as a public company. Additionally, we expect an increase in absolute dollars as we expand our commercial sales, marketing and business development teams, increase our presence globally and increase marketing activities to drive awareness and adoption of our platform. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration.   On September 28, 2018, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of the Quantitative Pathology Solutions (“QPS”) division of PKI. As part of the acquisition, on September 28, 2018, the Company entered into a Transition Services Agreement and a License Agreement (the “Ancillary Agreements”) with PKI. Under the terms of the License Agreement, the Company agreed to pay PKI certain royalties as a percentage of future sales of products from the QPS division, in exchange for a perpetual license of the right to produce and sell QPS products. This contingent consideration is subject to remeasurement.
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Depreciation and amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of acquired intangibles. We expect that depreciation and amortization expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenue.
Other income (expense)
Interest expense.   Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to borrowings under our debt obligations.
Change in fair value of warrant liability.   In 2019, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 368,779 additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.53 per share. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the warrant liability for the Series D Preferred Stock warrant. This liability is subject to remeasurement.
Loss on extinguishment of debt.   Loss on extinguishment of debt primarily consists of fees incurred to extinguish debt plus any related unamortized debt issuance costs.
Other income (expense), net.   Other income (expense), net consists primarily of franchise tax and foreign currency exchange gains and losses.
Provision for income taxes
Our provision for income taxes consists primarily of foreign taxes and state minimum taxes in the United States. As we expand the scale and scope of our international business activities, any changes in the United States and foreign taxation of such activities may increase our overall provision for income taxes in the future.
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Results of operations
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:
Year ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service and other revenue
9,005 5,892
Total revenue
42,443 42,236
Cost of goods sold:
Cost of product revenue
$ 12,584 $ 15,447
Cost of service and other revenue
3,951 2,126
Total cost of goods sold
16,535 17,573
Gross profit
25,908 24,663
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
23,982 26,351
Research and development
9,603 8,761
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
519 (1,201)
Depreciation and amortization
3,815 3,055
Total operating expenses
37,919 36,966
Loss from operations
(12,011) (12,303)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
(2,723) (1,881)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(298)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,671)
Other (expense) income, net
39 (373)
Loss before provision for income taxes
(16,664) (14,557)
Provision for income taxes
(42) (194)
Net loss
$ (16,706) $ (14,751)
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Revenue
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344 (2,906) (8)%
Service and other revenue
9,005 5,892 3,113 53%
Total revenue
$ 42,443 $ 42,236 207 0%
Product revenue decreased by $2.9 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by a $2.7 million decrease in instrument revenue resulting from 118 new system placements during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 146 new system placements for the year ended December 31, 2019, largely due to a disruption in our customers operations, including laboratory closures. Such decrease is partially offset by a change in mix of instruments sales in 2020 as compared to 2019, in which sales of our Phenoptics instruments, which have a higher
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
selling price than our CODEX instruments, as compared to total sales was higher in 2020 as compared to 2019. Additionally, there was a $0.6 million decrease in software sales. This was partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in consumable sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, resulting from the increase in our installed base. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we maintained an installed base of 550 systems globally, compared to 432 systems for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Service and other revenue increased by $3.1 million, or 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The growth was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase relating to our lab services operations, and a $1.5 million increase from instrument service during the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily driven by the increase in our installed base and customers renewing their service and warranty contracts, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in installation, training, and shipping and handling billed to customers.
Costs of Goods Sold, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Cost of product revenue
$ 12,584 $ 15,447 $ (2,863) (19)%
Cost of service and other revenue
3,951 2,126 1,825 86%
Total cost of goods sold
$ 16,535 $ 17,573 $ (1,038) (6)%
Gross profit
$ 25,908 $ 24,663 $ 1,245 5%
Gross margin
61% 58%
Cost of product revenue decreased by $2.9 million, or 19%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in cost of product revenue was primarily driven by a $3.0 million decrease in costs associated with instrument sales and margin efficiencies gained in 2020 through outsourcing manufacturing to new contract manufacturers and partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in consumables driven by the increase in our installed base. Cost of service and other revenue increased by $1.8 million, or 86%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increases in cost related to: a) increased extended warranty costs as the installed base matured and customers renewed their service contracts; b) more customers purchased extended warranty as the standard warranty expired; c) increases in direct costs services related to the increase in lab services revenue.
Gross profit increased by $1.2 million, or 5%, and gross margin improved by 3% for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a higher mix of consumables revenue driven by a higher install base, in addition to lower instrument cost of goods sold due to moving to a new third-party manufacturer and replace the third-party resources noted above.
Operating Expenses
Selling, General and Administrative
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Selling, general and administrative
$ 23,982 $ 26,351 $ (2,369) (9)%
Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $2.4 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was due to a $2.2 million decrease in professional fees and other expenses related to outside legal, accounting, marketing, consulting and IT services as a result of moving from third-party resources to direct hires in 2020, as well as a decrease in travel and entertainment costs of $1.1 million primarily due to travel restrictions from COVID-19. Such decrease is primarily offset by an increase of $0.6 million in personnel-related expenses to support the growth in our overall operations.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Research and development
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Research and development
$ 9,603 $ 8,761 $ 842 10%
Research and development expense increased by $0.8 million, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses, resulting from increased headcount, offset by a decrease of $0.8 million in outside consulting, engineering, and professional services as a result of moving from third party resources to direct hires in 2020.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
$ 519 $ (1,201) $ 1,720 (143)%
Change in fair value of contingent consideration increased by $1.7 million, or (143)%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to current year remeasurement.
Depreciation and amortization
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Depreciation and amortization
$ 3,815 $ 3,055 $ 760 25%
The $0.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily related to an increase in property and equipment in 2020 as compared to 2019.
Interest expense
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Interest expense
$ 2,723 $ 1,881 $ 842 45%
Interest expense increased by $0.8 million, or 45%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased debt levels in 2020.
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Change in fair value of warrant liability
$ 298 $ $ 298 100%
Change in fair value of warrant liability increased by $0.3 million, or 100%, for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to current year remeasurement.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Loss on extinguishment of debt
$ 1,671 $ —- $ 1,671 100%
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt increased by $1.7 million, or 100%, for the year ended December 31,2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to extinguishment of the Innovatus Term Loan in 2020.
Other income (expense), net
Year ended
December 31,
Change
($ in thousands, except percentages)
2020
2019
Amount
%
Other income (expense), net
$ 39 $ (373) $ 412 (110)%
Other expense, net increased by $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $17.0 million in cash and cash equivalents which were primarily held in U.S. short-term bank deposit accounts.
Since our inception, we have experienced losses and negative cash flows from operations, and as of December 31, 2020, we had a consolidated net loss of $16.7 million and an accumulated deficit of $52.3 million. We have primarily relied on equity and debt financings to fund our operations to date, including most recently raising gross proceeds of $25.0 million through the sale and issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in 2019.
We expect to incur additional operating losses in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in the research and development of our product offerings, commercialize and launch platforms, and expand into new markets. Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next 12 months following the date of this prospectus.
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to our ability to successfully commercialize and launch products, and to achieve a level of sales adequate to support our cost structure. If we are unable to execute on our business plan and adequately fund operations, or if the business plan requires a level of spending in excess of cash resources, we will have to seek additional equity or debt financing. If additional financings are required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Sources of Liquidity
Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from the issuance and sale of our convertible preferred stock and borrowings under long-term debt agreements.
Convertible preferred stock financings
Through December 31, 2020, we have raised a total of $60.5 million from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. Most recently, in 2019 we issued shares of Series D convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $25.0 million.
Payroll Protection Program loan
During April 2020, we received a $2.48 million small business loan under the Payroll Protection Program, part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, the CARES Act. We expect a portion of the loan to be forgiven under the provisions of the program. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy — We received economic stimulus funding under the CARES Act.” If such funding is not forgiven and is required to be repaid pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act or related guidance, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.” The note
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
bears interest at a rate of 1.00% and payments are scheduled to begin the latter of March 2021, or upon response by the Small Business Administration regarding our forgiveness application.
Midcap Financial Trust Loan
In October 2020, we entered into a new debt financing arrangement with Midcap Financial Trust, or Term Loan, for a $37.5 million credit facility, consisting of a senior, secured term loan to refinance all existing indebtedness with Innovatus. We realized $32.5 million in aggregate proceeds as a result of the debt financing, and the remaining $5.0 million not yet drawn on the Term Loan is available to be drawn from March 31, 2021, through June 30, 2021. The term of the Midcap loan is interest only for 36‑months followed by 24-months of straight-line amortization with a final maturity date of October 27, 2025. Interest on the outstanding balance of the Term Loan shall be payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of one-month LIBOR plus 6.35%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.50%.
The Term Loan is subject to a minimum revenue financial covenant measuring our last twelve months trailing revenue, tested on a monthly basis.
The Term Loan is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate with any other entity or to acquire all or substantially all the capital stock or property of another entity. The agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, deliver audited financial statements. If we default under the Term Loan and if the default is not cured or waived, the lender could cause any amounts outstanding to be payable immediately. Under certain circumstances, the lender could also exercise its rights with respect to the collateral securing such loans. Moreover, any such default would limit our ability to obtain additional financing, which may have an adverse effect on our cash flow and liquidity.
We were in compliance with all covenants under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2020.
Cash flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
Year ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities
$ (6,843) $ (13,776)
Investing activities
6,728 (12,892)
Financing activities
5,486 28,561
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
$ 5,371 $ 1,893
Operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities decreased by $6.9 million to $6.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease is attributable to a net loss of $16.7 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.4 million, and by non-cash charges of $7.5 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to increased accounts receivable $6.7 million, offset by decreases in accounts payable of $3.0 million, and decreases in inventory levels of $0.7 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $3.8 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.7 million in loss on extinguishment of debt, $0.5 million of stock-based compensation, $0.5 million in change in fair value of contingent consideration, $0.4 million of paid-in-kind interest, $0.3 million in change in fair value of warrant liability, and $0.3 million of non-cash interest expense.
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Investing activities
Net cash provided in (used in) investing activities was $6.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $(12.9) million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by the maturity of our certificates of deposits of $10.0 million, offset by purchases of property and equipment of $3.3 million.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 resulted from $8.2 million in cash proceeds related to the refinance of our existing debt, net of debt extinguishment costs and debt issuance costs. Additionally, we paid out $2.6 million in contingent consideration in 2020 as compared to $0.7 million in 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 resulted primarily from net cash proceeds of $4.5 million related to the refinance of our existing debt, and net cash receipts of $24.8 million from the issuance of Series C and D redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs.
Concentration of credit risk
For the year ended December 31, 2020, no customers accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. At December 31, 2020, no customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2019, PKI accounted for 30% of revenue as they served as sole distributor of our Phenoptics platform pursuant to the transition agreement following our acquisition of the technology. At December 31, 2019, PKI comprised 21% accounts receivable. No other customers exceeded 10% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest rate risk
Customer financing exposure.   We are indirectly exposed to interest rate risk because many of our customers depend on debt financings to purchase our platforms and systems. An increase in interest rates could make it challenging for our customers to obtain the capital necessary to make such purchases on favorable terms, or at all. Such factors could reduce demand or lower the price we can charge for our platforms and systems, thereby reducing our net sales and gross profit.
Fixed rate debt.   In October 2020, we entered into Term Loan with Midcap Financial Trust which is due in October 2025, and carries a fixed interest rate of 7.85% per annum. If we refinance the Term Loan or enter into new debt arrangements, interest rates could increase and thereby increase our financing costs and increase our net loss. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would have resulted in a $0.1 million increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Bank deposit, money market and note receivable exposure.   As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, of $17.5 million, which consisted primarily of bank deposits. The primary objective of our investment is to preserve principal and provide liquidity. These bank deposits generate interest income at variable rates below 1%. A hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would have lowered our interest income by $0.0 million and increased our net loss by this amount.
Foreign currency risk
The majority of our revenue has been generated in the United States. As we expand our presence in international markets, to the extent we are required to enter into agreements denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, our results of operations and cash flows may increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Critical accounting policies and estimates
We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Our preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, including demo inventory, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indications of impairment exist, projected future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or asset group are compared to the carrying amount to determine whether the asset’s value is recoverable. During this analysis, the Company reevaluates the significant assumptions used in determining the original cost and estimated lives of long-lived assets. Although the assumptions may vary from asset to asset, they generally include operating results, changes in the use of the asset, cash flows and other indicators of value. The Company then determines whether the remaining useful life continues to be appropriate or whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the assets’ recovery. If impairment exists, the Company would adjust the carrying value of the asset to fair value, generally determined by a discounted cash flow analysis. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds such projected undiscounted cash flows, the asset will be written down to its estimated fair value.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually and tests intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable (i.e., upon occurrence of a triggering event). The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill on November 1 of each calendar year (and if and when triggering events occur between annual impairment tests).
Revenue recognition
The Company follows ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606.
We derive revenue from two primary sources, product revenue, which is comprised primarily of instrument sales revenue, consumables revenue, and software revenue, as well as service revenue, which is comprised of, service and warranty, and laboratory services revenue. Revenue is recognized net of applicable taxes imposed on the related transaction.
We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligations under the terms of a contract and control of our products and services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive from our customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the contract price, allocating the contract price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract based on standalone selling price, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is separately identified in the contract. We consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the good or service.
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our agreements with customers often include multiple performance obligations, which can sometimes be included in separate contracts entered into within a reasonably short period of time. We consider an entire customer arrangement to determine if separate contracts should be considered combined for the purposes of revenue recognition.
In order to determine the stand-alone selling price, we conduct a periodic analysis to determine whether various goods or services have an observable stand-alone selling price as well as to identify significant changes to current stand-alone selling prices. If we do not have an observable stand-alone selling price for a particular good or service, then the stand-alone selling price for that particular good or service is estimated using an approach that maximizes the use of observable inputs. Our process for determining stand-alone selling price requires judgment and considers multiple factors that are reasonably available and maximizes the use of observable inputs that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation. We believe that this method results in an estimate that represents the price we would charge for the product offerings if they were sold separately.
Taxes, such as sales, value-added and other taxes, collected from customers concurrent with revenue generating activities and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales.
The following describes the nature of our primary types of revenue and the revenue recognition policies and significant payment terms as they pertain to the types of transactions we enter into with our customers.
Product revenue
Product revenue is comprised of three major revenue streams, instrument sales, consumables, and standalone software products. Instrument sales revenue is comprised of sales of Codex and Phenoptics platforms. Consumables revenue is comprised of reagent kits. We also sell software licenses, both internally developed as well as third party software. Our standard arrangement with our customers is generally a purchase order or an executed contract. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.
Service and other revenue
Service and other revenue primarily consists of instrument service and warranty, instrument installation and training, and revenue generated by our Lab Services operation, which provides sample testing services to customers. Our services are provided primarily on a fixed fee basis; from time to time these fixed fee contracts may be invoiced at the outset of the arrangements. We recognize revenue from the sale of an extended warranty, enhanced service warranty arrangements over the respective period, while revenue on installation, training and laboratory services is recognized as the services are performed. For laboratory services, we generally use the cost-to-cost approach to measure the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation because we believe it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer. Under the cost-to-cost measure approach, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenues are recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.
The Company records shipping and handling billed to customers as service and other revenue and the related costs in cost of other revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.
Contract assets and contract liabilities
The Company’s contract liabilities consist of upfront payments for service-based warranties on instrument sales. The Company classifies these contract liabilities in deferred revenue as current or noncurrent based on the timing of when the Company expects to service the warranty.
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract
Under ASC 606, the Company is required to capitalize certain costs to obtain customer contracts and costs to fulfill customer contracts. These costs are required to be amortized to expense on a systemic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates, compared to previously being expensed as incurred. As a practical expedient, the Company recognizes any incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset is one year or less.
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
The Company has classified redeemable convertible preferred stock as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet because it becomes redeemable due to the passage of time or could become redeemable due to certain change in control clauses that are outside of the Company’s control. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is adjusted to the redemption value over time through the date of the earliest redemption date. These increases are recorded as charges against retained earnings, if any, and then to additional paid-in capital. Then, in the absence of additional paid-in capital, the accretion is charged to the accumulated deficit.
Stock-based compensation
We maintain an incentive compensation plan under which incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options are granted primarily to employees and non-employee consultants. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We record forfeitures as they occur.
Stock-based compensation expense for non-employee stock options is measured at the grant date based on fair market value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recorded as the options vest. Prior to January 1, 2020, nonemployee stock options subject to vesting were revalued periodically over the requisite service period, which was generally the same as the vesting term of the award. From January 1, 2020, the grant date fair market value of non-employee stock options is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
Common Stock Valuations Prior to our IPO
There has been no public market for our common stock to date. As such, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management, based on the information known to us on the grant date and upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated per share fair value of our common stock. As part of these fair value determinations, our board of directors obtained and considered valuation reports prepared by a third party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
As of December 31, 2020, in contemplation of an initial public offering, we estimated the enterprise value of our business using a hybrid approach in determining the fair value of our common stock that includes a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and an option pricing method, or OPM. Under a PWERM, the fair market value of the common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes. Within one of those potential outcomes, we utilized the OPM. The OPM treats the rights of the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock as equivalent to that of call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Based on the timing and nature of an assumed liquidity event in each scenario, a discount for lack of marketability either was or was not applied to each scenario, as appropriate. We then probability-weighted the value of each expected outcome to arrive at an estimate of fair value per share of common stock.
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition to considering the results of these third party valuation reports, our board of directors used assumptions based on various objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

external market conditions affecting the life sciences research and development industry and trends within the industry;

our stage of development and business strategy;

our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources, and forecasted results;

developments in our business;

the progress of our research and development efforts;

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; and

general United States market conditions and the lack of marketability of our common stock.
Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock. For valuations after the completion of this initial public offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock-based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.
Recent accounting pronouncements
For information on recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.
JOBS Act accounting election
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies. We intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Smaller reporting company status
We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
BUSINESS
Overview
We are an innovative life sciences technology company delivering spatial biology solutions focused on transforming discovery and clinical research. Our mission is to deliver a revolutionary new class of spatially derived biomarkers that empower life sciences researchers to better understand disease and clinicians to improve patient outcomes. Spatial biology refers to a rapidly evolving technology that enables academic and biopharma scientists to detect and map the distribution of cell types and biomarkers across whole tissue samples at single cell resolution, enabling advancements in their understanding of disease progression patient response to therapy. Through our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, reagents, software and services, we offer end-to-end solutions to perform tissue analysis and spatial phenotyping across the full continuum from discovery through translational and clinical research.
Our spatial biology solutions measure cells and proteins by providing biomarker data in its spatial context while preserving tissue integrity. Biomarkers are objective measures that capture what is happening in a cell or tissue at a given moment. Current genomic and proteomic methods, such as NGS, single-cell analysis, flow cytometry and mass spectrometry, are providing meaningful data but require the destruction of the tissue sample for analysis. While valuable and broadly adopted, these approaches allow scientists to analyze the biomarkers and cells that comprise the tissue but do not provide the fundamental information about tissue structure, cellular interactions and the localized measurements of key biomarkers. Furthermore, current non-destructive tissue analysis and histological methods provide some limited spatial information, but they only measure a minimal number of biomarkers at a time and require expert pathologist interpretation. Our platforms address these limitations by providing end-to-end solutions that enable researchers to quantitatively interrogate a large number of biomarkers and cell types across a tissue section at single cell resolution. The result is a detailed and computable map of the tissue sample that thoroughly captures the underlying tissue dynamics and interactions between key cell types and biomarkers, a process now referred to as spatial phenotyping. We believe that we are the only business with the breadth of platform capabilities that enable researchers to do a deep exploratory and discovery study, and then further advance and scale their research through the translational and clinical phases, leading to a better understanding of human biology, disease progression and response to therapy.
We offer two distinct platforms for spatial phenotyping, each designed to serve the unique needs of our customers in the discovery, translational and clinical markets. The first, CODEX, is an ultra-high parameter and cost-effective platform ideally suited for discovery research with the ability to identify more than 40 biomarkers in a tissue sample. The second, Phenoptics, is a high-throughput platform with the automation and robustness needed for translational and clinical applications. Both offer seamless and integrated workflow solutions for our customers, including important benefits such as flexible sample types, automated sample processing, scalability, comprehensive data analysis and software solutions and dedicated field and applications support. With these platforms, our customers are performing spatial phenotyping to further advance their understanding of diseases such as cancer, neurological and autoimmune disorders, and many other therapeutic areas.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d3-ph_pros4clr.jpg]
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our co-founder and director, Dr. Garry Nolan, originally developed our CODEX technology to better identify biomarkers in discovery research while leading a team at Stanford. We license certain patents, know-how and proprietary technology utilized in our CODEX instrument from Stanford. In order to expand our offerings to the translational and clinical markets, we acquired our Phenoptics platform in 2018 from PKI, from whom we license certain patents incorporated into our Phenoptics instruments.
As of December 31, 2020, we have over 550 instruments installed across a broad group of customers throughout North America, Europe and APAC, reflecting an increase of 27% in the number of instrument placements over 2019. Our full set of proprietary reagents, software and services allows us to drive a stream of attractive, recurring and high margin revenue through our installed base, which will grow as we continue to expand our instrument base and implement workflow advancements. We generated total revenue of $42.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 and $42.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, successfully managing through significant COVID-19 headwinds, realizing year-over-year growth and minimizing losses through cost containment. We incurred net losses of $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $16.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the growth of our business will be propelled by our competitive strengths, including:
Established leader in the spatial biology market with a strong competitive position and proven products.   We believe we are the leading spatial biology company, offering products to hundreds of customers across a diverse base, including leading biopharma companies, academic research centers and governmental institutions worldwide. As the pioneers and leaders in the spatial biology market, we view our suite of solutions as uniquely positioned to address the varying customer needs across all market segments, from discovery through translational and clinical research. Our instrument base has expanded significantly over the last several years with over 550 instruments currently in the market as of December 31, 2020, a 27% increase over 2019. The rate of publications with our technology as a centerpiece has accelerated greatly, with 109 peer-reviewed publications written in 2020, a 374% increase over 2019. A key driver of these publications and our commercial expansion is the growing body of evidence that spatial biology solutions are increasingly becoming preferred as a biomarker platform of choice. A seminal JAMA Oncology publication in 2019 establishes the predictive power of spatial biomarker technologies in predicting response to immuno-oncology therapeutics versus the current technologies such as gene expression, NGS and standard diagnostic PD-L1 biomarker assays. We believe that the combination of our broad customer base, expert management team, large instrument installed base, intellectual property protection and extensive and accelerating publication list helps establish our leading position in spatial biology.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d5-bc_accel4clr.jpg]
Comprehensive solutions that address the entire continuum.   We are a fully dedicated spatial biology company with a purpose-built portfolio offering instruments, consumables, related software and services to serve the unique needs of our customers from discovery through translational and clinical research. Our CODEX platform is ideal for discovery research, providing ultra-high parameter biomarker discovery,
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with the ability to analyze more than 40 biomarkers at a time at single-cell resolution across the entire tissue sample. Our Phenoptics platform is ideal for translational and clinical research providing a fully automated end-to-end solution with high reproducibility and throughput and ability to easily process over 25 samples a day. Providing complete solutions across this full continuum allows us to serve our customers’ full biomarker lifecycle. Comprehensive biomarker discovery is first enabled on CODEX. Potentially predictive biomarkers of interest for translational and clinical studies are then analyzed at scale on Phenoptics.
Relationships with leading biopharma companies, top research institutions and medical centers.   We have relationships with thought leaders such as Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Johns Hopkins University, UCSF, and MD Anderson, and many other leading biopharma companies, top research institutions and medical centers and contract research organizations. These collaborations and partnerships help demonstrate the utility of our solutions across a broad array of applications, including immuno-oncology, immunology, neuroscience and developmental biology. As we partner with leading companies and institutions, we gain access to valuable customer feedback and insight. With the use of our solutions informing their development efforts:

Stanford University and the University of Bern used the CODEX platform for deep phenotyping of advanced-stage colorectal cancer patient tissue with more than 40 protein markers simultaneously, and at single-cell resolution. Through their use of our technology, they defined a new biological classification unit of cellular groups known as “neighborhoods”. These neighborhoods represent a completely novel organizing principle for understanding cellular activity in the tumor microenvironment and provide a robust analytical framework to better understand colon cancer progression, potentially novel diagnostics and new targets for therapeutic intervention.

Johns Hopkins University developed an interdisciplinary partnership between the Hopkins Kimmel Cancer Center and the Department of Physics and Astronomy called AstroPath with our Phenoptics platform as the centerpiece. Leveraging their leadership in both cancer research and astrophysics, AstroPath is applying astronomy algorithms to Phenoptics imaging data to rapidly identify and optimize predictive phenotypic signatures predicting response to immuno-therapies. With our support, the longer-term aim is to create a publicly accessible archive of analyzed tumor samples to help accelerate the field of spatial biology-based immuno-oncology biomarkers.

Dana Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham Health recently announced the availability of their ImmunoProfile assay, an assay they developed on our Phenoptics platform to profile the tumors of immuno-therapy eligible patients. This assay is physician orderable and integrates into their clinical pathology workflow alongside NGS-based tumor profiling.

A Top 5 Pharmaceutical Company has adopted the Phenoptics platform for immuno-oncology biomarkers and made Phenoptics a central part of their biomarker drug development strategy leveraging both their internal capacity of four systems and our contract lab services capabilities. Since their adoption of Phenoptics, the company has rapidly expanded the use of Phenoptics from validation and exploratory studies to biomarker discovery programs and further to assessing ongoing clinical trial samples. They are now evaluating the use of Phenoptics to support enrollment in clinical trials.
Large, addressable and rapidly evolving market.   The spatial biology market sits within a larger life sciences technology market. Within this market, spatial biology is currently estimated to be over $17 billion. The market for spatial biology encompasses the full research and drug development continuum, ranging from discovery through translational and clinical research markets. Each of these specific market segments have unique application and workflow needs and require fit for purpose product offerings. Today, our products and solutions are primarily sold into the cancer discovery and translational markets, representing a $5 billion addressable market. We believe that our offerings can be readily extended to serve adjacent application areas, including immunology and neurobiology, and as well applications in clinical markets, certain of which may require obtaining FDA approval for our products. We currently estimate that within the spatial biology market, half of the opportunity is in the discovery and translational research markets and the other half is in the clinical market. With the growing adoption and innovation of spatial biology solutions and as spatial phenotyping is further validated through rapid acceleration of peer-reviewed publications, we believe the global TAM will continue to grow over the near and long-term horizon. Given the critical need for
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
spatial biology, we believe our products are uniquely suited to address the specific needs of researchers across this continuum from discovery through translational and clinical markets.
Our people.   Our success begins with our people. All of our employees contribute to keeping Akoya at the forefront of the spatial biology market, from research and development, to sales and marketing, to operations and management. Our management team has extensive industry experience among a diversified base of leading companies in the healthcare industry, as well as significant experience with acquisitions and integration of technology. The experiences and skills gained during these prior multi-disciplinary employments will allow our team to continue to execute on current plans and identify future opportunities and build products and services to meet them.
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy includes the following key elements:
Enhance sales and marketing efforts to drive adoption of our solutions with new and existing customers.    Our solutions enable researchers to map the distribution of key cell types and biomarkers in normal and disease tissue. We recently commissioned a report of researchers and surveyed their views of and plans to invest in spatial biology platforms and solutions, and approximately 44% of respondents indicated that they intend to purchase a spatial profiling platform. To capitalize on this opportunity to drive adoption of our platforms across the entire market, we intend to invest heavily to expand our sales and marketing organizations, increase the scale of our outbound marketing activities, invest in our commercial organization and deliver new, market-leading solutions to our customers. Sales productivity and output will be achieved by expanding our global team of dedicated regional instrument and reagents sales specialist, building an inside sales team and hiring additional dedicated scientific pre- and post-sales applications specialists. A key focus of the expanded applications specialists will be to drive further platform adoption and utilization within our existing customer base to increase our recurring proprietary reagent and software revenue. Application expansion, workflow improvements, the continued endorsement through peer-reviewed publications, a significant presence at trade conferences and an active digital platform are examples of key drivers of continued and growing market awareness and the expansion of our commercial footprint within new and existing customers.
Invest in new applications, content development and workflow improvements to drive pull through.   Our research and development team is dedicated to continuously developing and improving our instruments, reagents menu, software solutions delivering a full end-to-end workflow and expanding our menu applications. Our instruments are designed to be used with our proprietary reagents. Currently, we offer an extensive menu of reagents, kits, antibodies and other consumables across our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms. Researchers have the ability to choose a mixture of our products to customize and design panels to study their biomarkers of interest. As our research and development team identify and launch new applications and biomarker content, we expect to drive incremental pull through revenue from existing and new customers. Similarly, our workflow improvements and the acceleration of data analysis through continued software advancements will further increase customers’ use of our platforms. We believe this incremental software revenue and consumable pull through will help solidify our solutions with researchers and improve our recurring revenue base and margin profile.
Continued expansion of next-gen cloud-based data analysis and collaboration platform.   We are focused on delivering rapid and advanced data analysis and visualization tools that accelerate the timeline from image acquisition to extracting biological meaning. Because many of our customers work on projects collaboratively both internally and externally, it is imperative to provide a platform that enables data sharing and collaboration, as well as powerful next-generation automated data analysis solutions. Our cloud-based Proxima software is an open solution designed to store and share images as well as support visualization and analysis solutions available in the market. The ability to enable artificial intelligence methods will help solve the growing big data challenges associated with spatial biology and enable the accelerated development of even more advanced analysis methods, thereby increasing the speed of collaborations and biomarker discovery across laboratories. These improved analytical capabilities of our solutions will help increase further incremental use of our instruments and consumables.
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Investment in clinical developments to demonstrate validity.   Our collaborations with key opinion leaders in major cancer institutions, universities and large biopharma customers provide us with visibility into our platform’s potential to advance from translational research to true clinical use. The learnings from these institutions directly informs the required platform investments, clinical studies and regulatory strategy necessary to continue this advancement. Partnerships such as those with UCSF, Johns Hopkins and the Dana Farber Cancer Institute help drive the demonstration and validation of the clinical utility of our platform. In partnership with these and other key opinion leaders, we will establish clinical industry standards that further solidify our platform as the go-to clinical spatial biology solution. We plan to pursue the development and publication of data on our approach, similar to the approach taken by industry stakeholders involved in NGS-based tests for targeted cancer therapies. In parallel, through our continued partnership with key biopharma companies, particularly with their immuno-oncology franchises, will hope to establish our platforms as the preferred clinical trial biomarker solution and enable potential companion diagnostic partnerships in the long term. By providing our end-to-end workflows to industry leading partners and clinicians and directly participating in validating the clinical utility of our platform through peer-reviewed publications, we will establish an ongoing cadence and pipeline to further improve our workflows and deliver clinical proof points for our sales and marketing teams to accelerate adoption in the clinical diagnostic market.
Industry and Market Opportunity
Genomic analysis techniques have evolved from bulk genomics to single-cell analysis, and proteomic techniques such as mass spectrometry are advancing to provide cutting-edge unbiased approaches. In parallel, there is a growing need in areas such as immuno-oncology for more predictive biomarkers that can accurately predict a patient’s response to therapy. Spatial biology has emerged as a potential answer to these needs and represents one of the next major frontiers in life sciences research. It has become a key area of focus for researchers and clinicians alike as spatial phenotyping is able to measure protein and cellular interactions, while maintaining spatial context within a selected tissue sample. The result is a visual and computable measurement of histological patterns and an in-depth understanding of disease pathology, adding a new dimension of insights from discovery through clinical and translational research. By providing single-cell resolution with spatial context within a single platform, researchers are able to achieve an understanding of how even small subpopulations of cells can play pivotal roles in disease pathology and patient outcome. In addition, recent innovations within proteomics have enabled unprecedented identification of novel proteins, expanding the need for spatial biology platforms that can functionally characterize these newly discovered proteins.
While spatial biology has many applications, spanning from early discovery through clinical research, the leading applications today include:

Immuno-oncology:   profiling of a tumor and its microenvironment.

Immunology:   supporting sub-specialties such as autoimmune disorders and transplant medicine.

Neuroscience:   characterizing neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration.

Infectious disease:   understanding the underlying biology of infectious diseases and immune response.

Developmental biology:   understanding tissue differentiation and stem cell biology to inform cell therapy development.

Dermatology:   immunophenotyping atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and similar dermatological conditions.

Other notable applications:   immunology research and broader disease pathology.
The spatial biology market sits within a larger life sciences technology market. Within this market, spatial biology is currently estimated to be over $17 billion across the discovery, translational and clinical research markets with immediate applications in cancer — especially immuno-oncology — as well as immunology, neurobiology, autoimmune disorders, infectious disease, and more. The market for spatial biology encompasses the full research and drug development continuum ranging from discovery through
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
translational and clinical research markets. Each of these specific market segments have unique application and workflow needs and require fit for purpose product offerings. Today, our products and solutions are primarily sold into the cancer discovery and translational markets, representing a $5 billion addressable market. We believe that our offerings can be readily extended to serve adjacent application areas, including immunology and neurobiology, and as well applications in clinical markets, certain of which may require obtaining FDA approval for our products. We currently estimate that within the spatial biology market, half of the opportunity is in the discovery and translational research markets and the other half is in the clinical market. With the growing adoption and innovation of spatial biology solutions and as spatial phenotyping is further validated through rapid acceleration of peer-reviewed publications, we believe the global TAM will continue to grow over the near and long-term horizon. Given the critical need for spatial biology, we believe our products are uniquely suited to address the specific needs of researchers across the continuum from discovery through translational and clinical markets.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-pc_curre4c.jpg]
Single-Cell with Spatial Context
Single-cell analysis enables the unbiased discovery of known and unknown cell types within a sample; it measures gene and protein expression on a cell-by-cell basis by preserving information about the cell of origin for each analyte measured. Adding spatial context to single-cell analysis provides a wealth of information to visualize tissue organization and disease pathology on a molecular level. Spatial phenotyping using multiplex immunofluorescence (“mIF”) allows for efficient mapping of cell-to-cell interactions and expression of key biomarkers across an entire tissue. Therefore, by integrating single-cell resolution and spatial context in a single solution, we provide both the “what” and “where” that can lead to critical insights that would otherwise be unattainable.
Pressing Need for more Predictive Biomarkers in Immuno-Oncology
Over the last several years, immuno-oncology has been among the most active therapeutic areas at large pharmaceutical companies with an estimated market size of $33 billion in 2019 and over 5,000 active clinical trials. As a result, there has been a heightened focus and significant investment dedicated to the discovery of predictive biomarkers in immuno-oncology that provide more predictable measures of disease progression and response to therapy in the clinical setting. A recent research study, published in JAMA Oncology, assessed the probability of current biomarker technologies such as NGS, RNA analysis, standard histology and spatial phenotyping to predict patient response to immuno-therapies and found spatial phenotyping to be the superior method for biomarker analysis. In addition, the technology’s ability to monitor the physiological states of tumor cells over time, while maintaining integrity of the tissue, enables
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
researchers to find correlations to drug resistance and tumor mutations, which could meaningfully facilitate the discovery and development of the next-generation of cancer diagnostics and therapies.
Market needs
While NGS and single-cell analysis have led to paramount scientific advances in de-mystifying the genome, and flow cytometry and mass spectrometry have enabled researchers to gain valuable data troves used for improved biomarker analysis, these technologies fail to provide any spatial context to the genes, proteins and cells measured. As a result, there is a clear and unmet need for spatial biology tools in the life sciences research market, from discovery through translational and clinical research. We view the emergence of spatial analysis as largely complementary to current technologies by offering deeper more contextual insights into the genome, proteome and cellular activity.
Discovery researchers are limited by the tools available within their arsenal. In recent years, the research community has fully embraced single-cell solutions as they have delivered unprecedented insights and facilitated novel medical breakthroughs. However, while single-cell technologies continue to evolve and improve, providing greater insights into cellular makeup and biomarker expression, existing technologies require the full destruction of the tissue and sacrifice all spatial information. Thus, while significant value has been realized from single-cell analysis, spatial phenotyping promises to be the next-generation biomarker solution aiming to provide an in-depth understanding of biological function and disease pathology through a visual and computable map of histological patterns.
Clinical researchers are facing a lack of predictive biomarkers, particularly in immuno-oncology, which limit successful patient outcomes and efficiency in clinical development and deployment of novel therapies. Although targeted therapies have enjoyed many notable successes — to which NGS has been a key driver of this innovation — there remains a critical need for validated predictive biomarkers in immuno-oncology, which could disrupt the current paradigm for patient care and drug development. While significant efforts are being made in the discovery of more predictive biomarkers in immuno-oncology, there is still an ongoing and recognized unmet need. Just as NGS did for targeted cancer therapeutics, we believe spatial biology solutions will provide the necessary biological understanding and predictive power to further accelerate the field of immuno-oncology. All of our products and solutions sold today are for research use only. For future applications in clinical markets, our products may require FDA approval.
Our Platforms
We offer two distinct platforms for spatial phenotyping, each designed to serve the unique needs of our customers in the discovery, translational and clinical markets. The first, CODEX, is an ultra-high parameter and cost-effective platform ideally suited for discovery and research. The second, Phenoptics, is a high-throughput platform with the automation and robustness needed for translational and clinical applications. Each offer seamless and integrated workflow solutions for our customers, including important benefits such as flexible sample types, automated sample processing, scalability, comprehensive data analysis and software solutions and dedicated field and applications support. With these platforms, our customers are performing spatial phenotyping and developing a deeper understanding of complex diseases such as cancer, neurological and autoimmune disorders, and many other therapeutic areas. We believe through these two platforms, we are fulfilling our mission to empower life sciences researchers and clinicians to better understand the onset, advancement, treatment, prevention and monitoring of disease.
CODEX
Our CODEX (Co-Detection by indEXing) instrument is a powerful, yet simple, compact bench-top fluidics system that integrates with a companion microscope to automate image acquisition. It provides a comprehensive spatial biology solution, converting our customer’s standard fluorescent microscope into an automated imaging system to produce ultra-high parameter multiplex images capable of providing in situ analysis at the cellular and subcellular scales. CODEX is the only instrument capable of efficiently capturing greater than 40 biomarkers in a single tissue sample at single-cell resolution, while preserving tissue architecture, making it the ideal instrument for biomarker discovery. With over 120 biobanks around the world today, most of the researchers utilizing these biobanks are using inferior products, limiting discovery and spending valuable resources. Originally developed in the lab of Dr. Garry Nolan at Stanford University,
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CODEX uses antibodies conjugated to a proprietary library of oligonucleotides called Barcodes. This enables customizable panels of greater than 40 antibodies to be combined for a single tissue staining reaction.
Not only is CODEX a powerful tool for discovery, it is also highly intuitive, and appeals to both novice and experts in the field of tissue analysis. The experimental workflow for CODEX is summarized below.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-org_codex4clr.jpg]
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-ph_exam4clr.jpg]
Phenoptics
For a deeper understanding of disease and patient response to therapy in large scale studies, translational and clinical researchers need a robust and automated spatial biology solutions. Our Phenoptics platform enables researchers to visualize, analyze, quantify and phenotype cells in situ, in fresh frozen or FFPE tissue sections, and tissue microarrays (“TMAs”) utilizing an automated and high-throughput workflow. Proprietary multispectral imaging removes autofluorescence background and precisely measures fluorescent values for each biomarker with subcellular resolution, enabling researchers to capture the multiple interactions occurring between key biomarkers and cells. In contrast, inferior solutions on the market lack the necessary ability to precisely isolate and measure the different fluorescence channels due to color bleed. Users of our platform have confidence in the accuracy of the quantified interactions occurring in the biology of the cell. In addition, just as with CODEX, we offer a simple and easy workflow to stain, image and then analyze tissue samples for the high throughput translational and clinical applications.
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-ph_pheno4clr.jpg]
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-org_stain4clr.jpg]

The Phenoptics product line is currently comprised of three scanners:   the Mantra 2 Quantitative Pathology Workstation, Vectra 3 Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System, and Vectra Polaris Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System. The Vectra Polaris is the most recent in this family of microscopes and represents our signature and most popular solution in the translational and clinical markets.

Mantra 2 Quantitative Pathology Workstation:   The Mantra 2 Quantitative Pathology Workstation is a single slide manual microscope that incorporates multispectral imaging technology, image acquisition and analysis with the inForm software and can be used with a variety of reagents including Akoya’s Opal reagent kits (as further described below). This instrument is compact and ideal for initial multispectral imaging for assay development prior to scale up on our Vectra Polaris system, and is easily integrated with our Phenoptics software.
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-ph_mantra4clr.jpg]

Vectra 3 Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System:   Vectra 3 is an automated microscope with six-slide capability and pioneered the ability to accurately detect and measure multiple weakly expressed and overlapping biomarkers on a single tissue at the single cell level, allowing for insight to biomarker expression and morphometric characteristics in intact tissue sections. Using our Phenoptics software paired with our Vectra 3 instrument, researchers are able to automatically identify specific tissue types, accelerating research efforts.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-ph_vect4clr.jpg]

Vectra Polaris Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System:   Vectra Polaris is our premier and newest digital pathology slide scanner featuring MOTiF whole-slide multispectral scanning of up to 7 biomarkers with an 80 slide capacity. Because of the proprietary optical components coupled to our reagents and software, it is uniquely able to accurately detect and measure weakly expressed and overlapping biomarkers within a single tissue section. It also supports multiple applications including Hematoxylin and Eosin (“H&E”), immunohistochemistry (IHC), mIF on fresh frozen or FFPE tissue section or TMA. The whole slide multispectral imaging capability creates a simpler, more robust workflow as fields of view do not need to be selected, eliminating selection bias and accelerating the time to result. The Vectra Polaris can also scan brightfield slides for downstream analysis, such or traditional DAB IHC, or scan regions of interest across a whole slide with up to 9 biomarkers. The fully automated process provides a recorded whole slide scan, meaning no re-scans and eliminating redundant work.
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-ph_polar4clr.jpg]
Our Proprietary Reagents
CODEX Reagents

CODEX Antibodies:   We offer a rapidly growing menu of validated antibody content for use with CODEX. Today, our menu includes 61 unique antibodies of which 23 are validated for use with human FFPE tissue, 23 validated for use with human fresh frozen tissue and 25 validated for use with mouse fresh frozen tissue.

CODEX Antibody Conjugation Kit:   We offer an antibody conjugation kit that allows customers to label their own proprietary antibodies of interest and modify them for use with CODEX. The antibody conjugation kit can be used to add antibodies to existing content or develop entirely new content for new applications.

CODEX Assay Kit:   We provide the full suite of additional proprietary buffers and reagents needed as part of the full CODEX workflow.
Phenoptics Reagents
We offer a number of proprietary reagents that are required for the use of our platforms and are a key part of our overall solution for our customers. These reagents include our Opal Predesigned Panels, Tyramide signal amplification (“TSA”) reagents and Opal kits.

Opal Predesigned Panels:   Our Opal MOTiF Antibody Panel Kits are an offering that can be used by the Vectra Polaris Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System and offers pre-optimized, ready-to-use primary and secondary antibody panels. Containing the six most clinically relevant biomarkers on lung cancer and melanoma, these panels are tailored for translational immuno-oncology research, offering speed and simplicity. These panels offer a fully validated plug-and-play mIF staining protocol that is very flexible, offering adjustability of the signal intensity strength for each sample’s unique biomarker expression levels.

TSA Reagents:   Our TSA reagents are used for the detection and amplification of signals in IHC, immunofluorescence (IF) or in situ hybridization (ISH) protocol. For this technique to be successful, whether used as part of our Phenoptics multiplex IHC platform or other detection system, protocol optimization is critical.

Opal Kits:   Through our Opal Multiplex IHC kits, we offer multiplex results accessible to anyone who works with standard immunohistochemistry. Unlike other offerings in the market, researchers using our Opal offering can select antibodies for simultaneous mIF detection based on performance, rather than species, offering greater insight to our customers for their research. These kits are optimized for reliable spectral unmixing and simultaneous measurement of three to eight protein targets and a nuclear stain that make them more reliable than other products in the market. Through the use of our Opal kits, researchers are able to gain more information from precious and scarce samples, while identifying multiple cell phenotypes and retaining spatial and morphological context, often lost with bulk measurements and flow cytometry. We believe that by using our proprietary
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Opal kits, researchers can be confident in the information they are receiving and viewing, all while preserving the tissue for further study.
Our Software Services
We offer a number of different software options for our solutions to provide customers with the flexibility and ability to perform their desired work.
Proxima

Proxima is a cloud-based platform designed to store, analyze and share spatial data. Tissue images generated by our CODEX and Phenoptics platforms can be easily and quickly uploaded in Proxima for storage, sharing and analysis. Proxima is designed to not only perform rapid cloud-based analysis but also integrates with our desktop tissue analysis software for those customers preferring local analysis with our inForm, Phenochart, and phenoptrReports platforms. The instant and distributed access of experimental results and the ability to collaborate globally through Proxima improves our customer’s productivity, ongoing use of our platforms and provides a growing and recurring revenue stream. Furthermore, using application programming interface (API), Proxima can integrate with third party or user developed data analysis solutions. This provides infinite flexibility in the number of data analysis solutions the end user can chose from to meet their application needs.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm212065d1-org_proxima4c.jpg]
Analysis Software

inForm Tissue:   A patented automated image analysis software package for accurately visualizing and quantifying biomarkers in tissue sections. Our software can be tailored to enable biomarker analysis in both solid tissues and TMAs from H&E, multiplexed IHC, and multiplexed immunofluorescence data. The automated, trainable algorithms permit detection, cell and tissue segmentation and identification of multiple markers within a sample. Once trained, inForm will locate and analyze user-specified regions automatically across an entire image or multiple images. Large numbers of images can be rapidly batch processed, allowing analysis that might have taken days to be done in a matter of minutes.

phenoptr & phenoptrReports:   Additional software to enhance the experience with our platforms. Phenoptr provides functions that consolidate and analyze output tables created by inForm software, while phenoptrReports generates shareable reports and visualizations based on the phenoptr output in an intuitive front-end GUI.
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our Biopharma Services
Our Contract Research Services (“CRS”) laboratory enables biopharma clients to access the Phenoptics platform in a fee-for-service model to support the discovery and validation of predictive biomarkers to elucidate drug mechanism of action, better understand the underlying biology of disease in translational research studies and perform patient stratification and selection. The services we offer span the entire Phenoptics workflow and include sample preparation, tissue staining, tissue imaging, image analysis pathological review and reporting. Our CRS lab leverages tissue autostainers, the Vectra Polaris and our proprietary software to provide automation across the entire workflow. Our strategic focus is partnering with top biopharma companies on clinical trials and retrospective and prospective clinical studies. Ongoing expansion of this business and progression of our partnerships to later stage clinical trials may ultimately lead to companion diagnostic partnerships with these top biopharma companies.
Suppliers and Manufacturing
We outsource the manufacturing and distribution of our instruments and reagents. We use one contract manufacturer to produce our Phenoptics instruments, another to produce our Codex instruments, and a third to produce all reagent kits. The manufacturers procure the majority of materials needed for the finished good production from many different suppliers, with some of those suppliers located in the US and others located outside the U.S. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy — Our third party manufacturers are dependent upon third party suppliers, including single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.”
Distribution to customers generally occurs from the manufacturing location. We manufacture one sub-assembly related to the Phenoptics instruments in our Marlborough, MA facility. Inventory is generally held at the contract manufacturer locations or at a third-party warehouse in Massachusetts.
Employees
As of December 31, 2020, we had 169 employees, including 47 in research and development, 67 in sales, marketing, support and business development, 35 in general and administrative and 20 in contract research, manufacturing and field service support. None of our United States employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement and we consider our relationship with our employees to be positive.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters, research and development facilities and manufacturing and distribution centers are located in Marlborough, Massachusetts and Menlo Park, California, where we lease approximately 25,537 and 9,326 square feet of space, respectively, under leases expiring on October 31, 2026 and July 31, 2026, respectively.
We do not own any real property and believe that our current facilities, together with our global headquarters and research and development center, are sufficient to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.
Competition
The life sciences market is highly competitive. There are other companies, both established and early-stage, that have indicated that they are designing, manufacturing and marketing products for, among other things, tissue analysis, single-cell analysis and spatial analysis. These companies include 10x Genomics, Nanostring Technologies and Fluidigm, each of which has products that compete to varying degrees with some but not all of our product solutions, as well as a number of other emerging and established companies. Some of these companies may have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, including larger research and development staff or more established marketing and sales forces. Other competitors are in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market which may lead to products that rival or replace our products.
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
However, we believe we are substantially differentiated from our competitors for many reasons, including our position as a leader in a large and growing market, proprietary technologies, rigorous product development processes, scalable infrastructure and positive customer experience. We believe our customers favor our products and company because of these differentiators.
For further discussion of the risks we face relating to competition, see the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business and Industry — Our market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability”.
Government Regulation
We do not currently offer any products or services intended to provide clinical diagnostic or health assessment information in relation to individual patients, for use by those patients or their healthcare providers in connection with treatment.
We offer technology, products, and services directly to our customers or on a contractual basis to a broad range of customers in the life sciences industry. Our customers may themselves be directly regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”), or similar foreign or state regulatory authorities.
We market certain of our products under the FDA exemptions applicable to “Research Use Only” (“RUO”) in vitro diagnostic (“IVD”) products. To qualify for this exemption from the otherwise applicable FDA medical device requirements, IVDs must either themselves be in the laboratory research stage of development; or be instruments, systems, or reagents that are labeled for RUO and intended for use in the conduct of nonclinical laboratory research with goals other than the development of a commercial IVD product, i.e., these products are used to carry out research and are not themselves the object of the research. To make clear that these products are exclusively for research purposes, the FDA requires them to include labeling that is prominently placed to state: “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures”. RUO products include those intended for use in discovering and developing medical knowledge related to human disease and conditions. For example, instruments and reagents intended for use in research attempting to isolate a gene linked with a particular disease may be labeled for RUO when such instruments and reagents are not intended to produce results for clinical use. FDA guidance describes the agency’s position on RUOs, including labeling and distribution expectations to remain consistent with RUO status. FDA has advised that it will evaluate the totality of the circumstances to determine if it agrees a product is RUO.
In addition, customers may impose contractual requirements relating to, or we may otherwise determine that it is commercially beneficial for us to voluntarily follow, certain regulatory and industry standards such as FDA good manufacturing practices and International Standards Organization (ISO) quality or other standards.
In the future we may pursue or play a role in the development of “companion diagnostics”, or perform clinical testing using companion diagnostics. A companion diagnostic is a medical device, often an in vitro diagnostic device, which provides information that is essential for the safe and effective use of a corresponding drug or biological product. The test helps a health care professional determine whether a particular therapeutic product’s benefits to patients will outweigh any potential serious side effects or risks. Companion diagnostics would be subject to a much more significant degree of potential FDA and CMS/CLIA and state laboratory regulation than our current product and service offerings.
We are in the process of pursuing certification under CLIA.
CLIA establishes rigorous quality standards for all laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease, or the impairment of, or assessment of health. Clinical laboratories must obtain a CLIA certificate based on the complexity of testing performed at the laboratory, such as a Certificate of Compliance for high-complexity testing. CLIA also mandates compliance with various operational, personnel, facilities administration, quality and proficiency requirements, intended to ensure that their clinical laboratory testing services are accurate, reliable and timely. Compliance is subject to verification through inspections and audits.
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CLIA provides that a state may adopt laboratory regulations that are more stringent than those under federal law, and a number of states have implemented their own more stringent laboratory regulatory requirements. Several states additionally require the licensure of out-of-state laboratories that accept specimens from those states.
If a clinical laboratory is found to be out of compliance with CLIA certification or a state license or permit, the applicable regulatory agency may, among other things, suspend, restrict or revoke the certification, accreditation, license or permit to operate the clinical laboratory, assess civil monetary penalties and impose specific corrective action plans, among other sanctions.
Intellectual Property
Protection of our intellectual property is fundamental to the long-term success of our business. We believe that our continued success depends in large part on our proprietary technologies, the skills of our employees, and the ability of our employees to continue to innovate and incorporate advances into our products and services. We regard our services and our products, including our reagents, our instruments, and our developed software, as proprietary.
We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as contractual provisions with employees and third parties, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. Our patent strategy is to pursue broad protection for key technologies, supplemented by additional patent filings covering conceptual methods, specific aspects of current and proposed products, and forward-looking applications and technological developments. We also engage in strategic analysis of our owned and licensed patent assets, and pursue additional patent claims from our existing portfolio that may provide us with market advantages. We do not rely heavily on trade secret protection, but do maintain a certain amount of in-house know-how that is not disclosed publicly.
We provide products to customers and commercial and academic collaborators pursuant to agreements with non-disclosure terms and other conditions that impose restrictions on use and disclosure. We further make use of contractual obligations that require our employees, consultants and contractors with access to our proprietary information to execute nondisclosure, non-competition and assignment of intellectual property agreements, to preserve our intellectual property rights. We generally control access to our proprietary and confidential information through the use of internal and external controls that are subject to periodic review.
Our key tissue labeling technology CODEX originated in the laboratory of Professor Garry P. Nolan at Stanford, who is a board member. Two families of patents covering this technology are exclusively licensed from Stanford.
The first patent family generally covers the “CODEX 1” labeling technology in which an antibody conjugated to an oligonucleotide barcode binds to a target in a tissue sample, and extension of a primer hybridized to the barcode generates a molecular reporter that emits a detectable fluorescent signal. The patent family covering the CODEX 1 technology includes patents directed to compositions generated by use of the CODEX 1 technology as well as methods of using the CODEX 1 technology. Patents directed to the methods of using the CODEX 1 technology include U.S. patents (expiring in 2034-2036) and European patents (expiring in 2035) in Germany, France, United Kingdom and Sweden. Patent directed to the compositions generated by use of the CODEX 1 technology include a U.S. patent expiring in 2034. The second patent family generally covers the “CODEX 2” labeling technology in which an antibody conjugated to an oligonucleotide binds to a target in a tissue sample, and a second oligonucleotide conjugated to a dye hybridizes to the first oligonucleotide to generate a fluorescent molecular reporter. The patent family covering the CODEX2 technology includes a U.S. patent directed to methods of using the CODEX 2 technology, which expires in 2037.
Our key tissue imaging technology Phenoptics® originated at Cambridge Research later acquired by Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. which was subsequently acquired by PKI. We purchased key patent assets covering this technology from PKI, Cambridge Research and Caliper Life Sciences, Inc., and also licensed certain supplemental patents from PKI, Cambridge Research and VisEn Medical Inc. Some of the supplemental patents are exclusively licensed and others are non-exclusively licensed.
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Phenoptics® technology is embodied in the Mantra 2 Quantitative Pathology Workstation, the Vectra 3 Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System, and the Vectra Polaris Automated Quantitative Pathology Imaging System, and in the inForm Tissue software that is supplied as part of these systems and is also available independently, or the Phenoptics® products. Each of these systems is a complex combination of imaging components, sample and reagent handling components, and proprietary software. Components of these systems and software that are protected by specific issued U.S. and foreign utility patents include, as of February 1, 2021:

software that performs classification of cells and other components of biological tissues and is protected by four owned U.S. patents expected to expire between 2026 and 2028, and owned patents in China, India and Europe expected to expire in 2026;

systems (including sample handling components) and software that performs dilute eosin staining and imaging of tissue samples and are protected by one owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2032, and owned patents in Canada, Japan and Europe expected to expire in 2030;

imaging components and software that perform whole slide imaging of tissue samples and registration of multispectral whole-slide images and are protected by our owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2034, and also by our owned patents in China and Europe expected to expire in 2034;

sample- and reagent-handling components, hardware control components, and software that performs pure spectrum determination for spectral unmixing of complex multispectral tissue images and are protected by one owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2036, and also by owned patents in China and Europe expected to expire in 2034;

imaging components and software that performs RNA detection in tissue samples and are protected by an owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2032;

software that performs real-time spectral unmixing of large multispectral images and is protected by two owned U.S. patents expected to expire between 2030 and 2031;

imaging components, hardware control components, and software that performs dynamic, spectrally-dependent adjustment of the imaging components for multispectral image acquisition and are protected by one owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2030 and one owned European patent expected to expire in 2027;

software that identifies nuclear and non-nuclear regions in a tissue sample stained with two or more counterstains and is protected by one owned U.S. patent expected to expire in 2034;

imaging components and software that performs spectral unmixing operations on multispectral tissue images to generate component images and are protected by six U.S. patents expected to expire between 2023 and 2026, and four patents in China and Europe expected to expire in 2023, all exclusively in-licensed from Cambridge Research; and

software that decomposes multispectral images of tissue samples stained with an immunohistochemical stain, eosin, and a counterstain, determines a region of interest, and quantifies the immunohistochemical stain in the region of interest and is protected by one U.S. patent exclusively in-licensed from Cambridge Research expected to expire in 2029.
We also own patent assets (issued U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications) covering technologies developed internally, in particular relating to improvements in analytical workflows and small sample processing that are tied to anticipated to provide protection for products in development. Many of these applications are not yet open to public inspection.
As of February 1, 2021, our owned patent assets included approximately 16 issued U.S. patents, eight pending U.S. patent applications (including three U.S. provisional patent applications), 51 granted patents in foreign jurisdictions (including Austria, Canada, China, the European Patent Office, or EPO, France, Germany, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom), three pending patent applications at the EPO and eight pending Patent Cooperation Treaty applications.
The subject matter covered by our owned patents and patent applications includes systems and methods for sample analysis and classification, methods for spectral unmixing of spectrally dense
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
fluorescence signals, modules and systems for performing dynamic optical correction, methods for training machine classifiers, methods and systems for RNA detection, methods for visualizing and enhancing visualization of samples, methods for visualizing compartments within cells, systems and methods for whole-slide imaging, systems and methods for multiple-image registration, systems and methods for extraction of pure spectra from sample images, methods for specialized allocation of fluorescence bands within a detection window, systems for low-volume flow cell-based sample analysis, methods for enzyme-mediated amplification of detection signals, methods for detecting receptor-coding nucleic acid segments, methods for selective labeling of targets in samples, compositions and methods for selectively targeting certain analytes, and imaging methods using nanobody probes.
Excluding any potential patent term extension, our currently issued owned patents are expected to expire between 2026 and 2036. See “— Licenses” for more information regarding the agreements under which certain of our patents are licensed.
We also seek to protect our brands through registration of trademark rights. As of January 25, 2021, we owned approximately 10 registered trademarks in the United States, 14 registered foreign trademarks, and nine pending U.S. trademark applications. Our registered trademarks and pending trademark applications include trademarks and pending trademark applications for The Spatial Biology Company, Motif, Akoya Biosciences, CODEX, Opal, Vectra, Proxima, Your Spatial Biology Solution, The Spatial Biology Platform, The Spatial Biology Solution, Phenocycler, Phenocode, Phenoscanner, and Phenoimager, and our logos for Akoya Biosciences, CODEX, and inForm.
To supplement protection of our brand, we have also registered several internet domain names.
See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property” for more information regarding the risks relating to intellectual property.
Licenses
Stanford University
In November 2015, we entered into an exclusive (equity) agreement with Stanford, pursuant to which Stanford granted us an exclusive, sublicensable (subject to certain requirements), worldwide license under certain patent rights owned by Stanford relating to oligonucleotide-based biological sample labeling to make, use and sell products and services that are covered by such patent rights, or the Stanford Licensed Products, in all fields of use. The patents are related to oligonucleotide-based labeling technology, and we refer to this technology as the CODEX 1 technology.
In November 2016, the agreement was amended to include an exclusive, sublicensable (subject to certain requirements), worldwide license granted to us by Stanford under additional patent rights owned by Stanford relating to oligonucleotide-based biological sample labeling to make, use, and sell products and services that are covered by such patent rights, in all fields of use (such products and services are also included in the Stanford Licensed Products). We refer to the technology disclosed in the additional patents as the CODEX 2 technology. We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, manufacture, sell and develop markets for Stanford Licensed Products, including with respect to accomplishing specific goals with specific deadlines set forth in the agreement.
We made one-time upfront payments of $50,000 in connection with the initial execution of the agreement and $13,000 in connection with executing the amendment. We also granted to Stanford 213,333 shares of our non-voting common stock, representing at least 2% of our capitalization. We are also required to pay Stanford annual license maintenance fees in the mid-five figures. We further agreed to make one-time milestone payments (i) at issuance of the first licensed patent included in the original 2015 agreement, (ii) at issuance of the first licensed additional patent included in the 2016 amendment to the agreement, (iii) at the issuance of the first licensed additional patent included in the 2021 amendment to the agreement, (iv) upon the first sale of a Stanford Licensed Product covered by the additional licensed patents included in the 2021 amendment to the agreement and (v) upon the sale of more than $500,000 of Stanford Licensed Products in a calendar year. The aggregate amount of these milestone payments is $120,000. We also agreed to make a payment of $10,000 as an execution fee for the 2021 amendment to the agreement. We are also
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
obligated to pay Stanford a low single-digit percentage royalty on net sales of Stanford Licensed Products and a portion of any of our sublicensing income.
Subject to Stanford’s approval, we control the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patents and, if we are developing Stanford Licensed Products, have the first right to institute a suit, or defend any declaratory judgment action, related to third-party infringement of the licensed patents.
The agreement will continue until the expiration, revocation, invalidation or abandonment of the last patent or patent application that is licensed to us, unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms. The last licensed patent is set to expire in 2036. We may terminate the agreement at any time by providing advance written notice of at least 30 days. Stanford may terminate the agreement if we violate or fail to perform any material terms thereof or for our failure to achieve certain milestones or use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the Stanford Licensed Products, and fail to cure such violation or failure within 30 days of written notice from Stanford.
PerkinElmer Heath Sciences, Inc., Cambridge Research & Instrumentation, Inc., and VisEn Medical Inc.
In September 2018, we entered into a license and royalty agreement with PKI, Cambridge Research, and VisEn Medical Inc., or, collectively, the Licensor, pursuant to which the Licensor granted us an exclusive, sublicensable (subject to certain conditions), worldwide license within certain fields of use under certain patent rights and know-how owned by the Licensor to make, use, and sell products within such fields of use, as well as a similar, non-exclusive license under certain other patent rights. The licensed patents relate to methods and systems for analyzing biological samples, and in particular, slide-mounted tissue samples.
We agreed to pay the Licensor royalties ranging from a high single-digit to low single-digit percentage on net sales of products covered by either license on a decreasing schedule that ends upon the expiration of the last valid claim of the licensed patents, at which point the agreement shall terminate and our rights and licenses thereunder shall survive on a fully-paid up, royalty-free basis. The last licensed patent is set to expire in 2036. Neither we nor the Licensor has the right to terminate the agreement prior to such expiration.
The Licensor has the first right to control the prosecution, maintenance and defense of the licensed patents. We have the first right to enforce any exclusively licensed patent with respect to third-party infringement occurring solely within our licensed field of use, and Licensor has the first right to enforce the license patents with respect to any other third-party infringement. If any exclusively licensed patent is believed to be infringed by the development, manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation of a product by the third party solely inside field of use worldwide, the Licensor has the first right to institute, prosecute and control any action or proceeding with respect to such infringement of such patent.
University of Washington
In June 2018, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the University of Washington, or the University, pursuant to which the University granted us an exclusive, sublicensable (subject to certain conditions), worldwide license in certain fields of use under certain patent rights owned by the University relating to technology for molecular profiling of cells and tissue specimens, to make, use and sell products that are covered by such patent rights, or the Washington Licensed Products. The licensed patents are related to the detection of biomolecules, particularly proteins and nucleic acids, in biological samples.
We made an upfront payment of $15,000 following execution of the agreement, and we are obligated to pay the University a low single-digit percentage running royalty on net sales of Washington Licensed Products, subject to certain minimum annual royalty payments and potential reductions based on a royalty-stacking allowance for certain third-party rights that are required to be obtained to make, use, sell or import Washington Licensed Products. We are also obligated to make cumulative one-time payments to the University of $100,000 upon the achievement of certain commercial milestones, as well as sharing a portion of any of our non-royalty sublicensing income.
We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize the inventions covered by the licensed patent rights and to make and sell Washington Licensed Products as soon as practicable and maximize sales thereof, including with respect to accomplishing specific goals with specific deadlines set forth in the agreement.
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The University must conduct the prosecution of the licensed patents per our instructions and at our expense, subject to certain exceptions. We have the first right to defend and enforce the licensed patents at our expense.
The agreement shall expire when all licensed patent rights have terminated, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms thereof. The last licensed patent is set to expire in 2032. We may terminate the agreement at any time by providing advance written notice of at least 60 days. The University may terminate the agreement if we violate or fail to perform any material term thereof and fail to cure such violation or failure within 60 days of written notice from the University. In addition, the University may terminate the exclusive license agreement upon 10 days’ prior written notice upon certain insolvency-related events involving us or should we challenge the validity of the licensed patents.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
Set forth below is certain biographical and other information regarding our directors and our executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
Name
Age
Position(s)
Executive Officers
Brian McKelligon
52
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Joseph Driscoll
56
Chief Financial Officer
Niro Ramachandran, Ph.D.
46
Chief Business Officer
Frederic Pla, Ph.D.
62
Chief Operating Officer
Non-Employee Directors
Garry Nolan, Ph.D.
59
Director
Thomas Raffin, M.D.
73
Director
Thomas P. Schnettler
64
Director
Robert Shepler
64
Director
Matt Winkler, Ph.D.
68
Director
The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers and directors.
Executive Officers
Brian McKelligon.   Mr. McKelligon has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since July 2017. Prior to joining Akoya, Mr. McKelligon led corporate and business development at Cellular Dynamics International, a privately-held life sciences company acquired by FUJIFilm, with a focus on the development and partnering of cell therapy programs, from April 2016 to June 2017. Prior to that, Mr. McKelligon was the Vice President of Sales and Support at 10X Genomics, Inc. from April 2015 to April 2016, and the Vice President of Sales and Support at Thermo Fisher and Life Technologies (through their acquisition of Ion Torrent) from January 2010 to March 2015. Mr. McKelligon received a B.S. in combined sciences from Santa Clara University.
We believe that Mr. McKelligon is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as our Chief Executive Officer, industry knowledge and previous experience.
Joseph Driscoll.   Mr. Driscoll has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2019. From April 2017 to March 2019, Mr. Driscoll was the Chief Financial Officer of Quanterix Corporation (Nasdaq:QTRX), a life sciences company that develops ultra-sensitive detection systems for use in research and in-vitro diagnostic. Prior to that, Mr. Driscoll served as Chief Financial Officer of Verscend Technologies, Inc., a healthcare data analytics company, from October 2016 to April 2017. From March 2012 to October 2016, he served as the Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Treasurer of PC Connection, Inc. (Nasdaq:CNXN), an IT solutions provider, where he also served as the company’s Principal Financial and Accounting Officer. From September 2006 to March 2012, Mr. Driscoll served as the Chief Financial Officer of Summer Infant, Inc. (Nasdaq:SUMR), a consumer products company, where he also served as the company’s Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer. Mr. Driscoll is a licensed Certified Public Accountant, and holds a B.S. in Accounting from Boston College.
Niro Ramachandran, Ph.D.   Dr. Ramachandran has served as our Chief Business Officer since August 2020. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Ramachandran served as Vice President of the spatial biology business unit at Nanostring Technologies, Inc. (Nasdaq:NSTG), a life sciences company that specializes in development of cancer diagnostics tools, from July 2014 to July 2020. Prior to that, Dr. Ramachandran led product development for the protein business unit at Life Technologies (which was acquired by Thermo Fisher) from August 2008 to July 2014. Dr. Ramachandran received his Hon. BSc. in Biochemistry from University of Toronto, and Ph.D. from University of Windsor. He completed his post doctorate work at the Harvard Institute of Proteomics, Harvard University.
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Frederic Pla,Ph.D.   Dr. Pla has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2021. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Pla served as Chief Operating Officer at the Parker Institute for Cancer Immunotherapy from April 2020 to March 2021. Prior to that, Dr. Pla was the Chief Operating Officer of Genomic Health, a global oncology diagnostics company until its acquisition by Exact Sciences in November 2020. Before joining Genomic Health in 2014, Dr. Pla was Vice President, Corporate Business Development, for Life Technologies, a $4 billion, 10,000-employee, San Diego-based global life sciences business, until its acquisition by Thermo Fisher in 2014. Dr. Pla joined Life Technologies in 2005 as Vice President and General Manager of the Diagnostics Business, responsible for product development and manufacturing facilities in the U.S., UK, and China. Dr. Pla holds 23 U.S. patents, a Ph.D. in acoustics from the Pennsylvania State University, a Master’s degree from the University of Southampton, UK, and an engineering degree from the University of Technology of Compiegne, France.
Non-Employee Directors
Garry Nolan, Ph.D.   Dr. Nolan co-founded Akoya Biosciences, Inc. in 2015 and has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Dr. Nolan is the Rachford and Carlota A. Harris Professor in the Department of Microbiology and Immunology at Stanford University School of Medicine. He trained with Leonard Herzenberg (for his Ph.D.) and Nobelist Dr. David Baltimore (for postdoctoral work). He holds a B.S. in Genetics from Cornell University and a Ph.D. from Stanford University in Genetics. He has published over 300 research articles and is the holder of over 40 US patents and has been honored as one of the top 25 inventors at Stanford University. Dr. Nolan was the founder and has served on the boards of directors of several biotechnology companies. Dr. Nolan is the first recipient of the Teal Innovator Award (2012) from the Department of Defense and has been honored with multiple awards including Nature Publishing “Outstanding Research Achievement”, Stohlman Scholar from the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society and Burroughs Wellcome Fund New Investigator Award.
We believe that Dr. Nolan is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as our co-founder, previous experience as a co-founder of other life sciences companies, industry knowledge and extensive academic training.
Thomas Raffin, M.D.   Dr. Raffin has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. He initially joined the NewLink Board in 2000. Dr. Raffin has spent 25 years on the faculty at Stanford University School of Medicine, where he was the Colleen and Robert Haas Professor of Medicine and Biomedical Ethics and Chief of the Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine. Over the past two decades, Dr. Raffin has worked extensively in the healthcare and medical device business sectors and was an advisor to Cell Therapeutics Inc. from 1993 to 1997, Broncus Technologies from 1997 to 2004, iMedica from 1998 to 2002, and Inhale Technologies from 1998 to 2001. He co-founded Rigel Pharmaceuticals, a publicly traded company (Nasdaq: RIGL), in 1996. He is currently on the board of Lumos Pharma. In 2001, he co-founded Telegraph Hill Partners, a San Francisco life sciences private equity firm as a General Partner. Dr. Raffin has been a director of the following Telegraph Hill Partners private portfolio companies: AngioScore, Inc., Confirma, Inc., Freedom Innovations, LDR Holding Corporation, PneumRx, Inc. and InvisALERT Solutions. Dr. Raffin received a B.A. from Stanford University and an M.D. from Stanford University School of Medicine and did his medical residency at the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital (now Brigham and Women’s Hospital) in Boston, MA.
We believe Dr. Raffin is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the biotechnology and healthcare industries, his service on a number of boards which provides an important perspective on operations and corporate governance matters, and his experience in the practice of medicine and academics.
Thomas P. Schnettler.   Mr. Schnettler has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Mr. Schnettler is vice chairman of Piper Sandler Companies, a managing director in the merchant banking group and co-CEO of PSC Capital Partners LLC, the registered investment adviser to the Piper Sandler merchant banking funds. Mr. Schnettler has held a number of leadership roles at Piper Sandler, including president and chief operating officer and chief financial officer. Earlier in his career, he co-founded and led the healthcare investment banking group. Mr. Schnettler has served on the board of, or held board observation responsibility for, Torax Medical, Sapphire Digital, Sport Ngin, Xenex Disinfection
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Services, Elligo Health Research and Paragon 28. Mr. Schnettler graduated from Saint John’s University in Collegeville, Minnesota and holds a Juris Doctor degree from Harvard Law School.
We believe that Mr. Schnettler is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experiences in finance and the healthcare sector, including serving as an executive at an investment bank.
Robert Shepler.   Mr. Shepler has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Shepler was a founder and served as a Managing Director of Telegraph Hill Partners, a growth equity/late-stage venture capital investment firm focused exclusively on healthcare related companies, since its inception in 2001 until August 2020 when he became Partner Emeritus. Prior to Telegraph Hill Partners, Mr. Shepler was a principal in the investment firm of Mackowski & Shepler and an officer in the investment banking division of Merrill Lynch & Co. In addition to Akoya, Mr. Shepler currently serves on the board of directors of Agena Biosciences, Inc. and Dynex Technologies, Inc. Previously, Mr. Shepler has been a director on the boards of LDR Holding Corporation, Applied Precision, Inc., SAGE Labs, Inc., Vidacare Corporation, Endoscopic Technologies, Inc., AcroMetrix, Inc., Aurora Discovery, Inc., Kinetikos Medical, Inc., RareCyte, Inc., ReloAction, Inc., Reading Glass Company, Inc., One Body, Inc., Microinterventional Systems, Inc., R.D. Percy & Company, Inc. and was chairman of Genomic Solutions, Inc. (Nasdaq: GNSL). Mr. Shepler received a B.A. from Duke University and an M.B.A. from New York University.
We believe that Mr. Shepler is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of publicly traded and privately held companies.
Matt Winkler, Ph.D.   Dr. Winkler has served on our board or directors since July 2017. Dr. Winkler is the current Chairman and founder of Asuragen. He also founded Mirna Therapeutics and Ambion, Inc. Ambion was acquired in 2006 by Applied Biosystems, now Thermo Fisher Scientific. Dr. Winkler currently serves on the board of directors of “The Breakthrough Institute”, “Revive and Restore” and the “Genetic Literacy Project”, all from 2017 to present. Dr. Winkler was an Assistant and Associate Professor (1983-1991) in the Department of Zoology at the University of Texas at Austin, where he is also currently a member of several advisory boards. Dr. Winkler received his B.S. in Genetics and a Ph.D. in Zoology from the University of California at Berkeley.
We believe that Dr. Winkler is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive operational experience with global life sciences companies, and particularly his expertise in business development and corporate strategy.
Election of Officers and Family Relationships
Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Board Composition
Our Bylaws will provide that our board of directors shall initially consist of six members, and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. Currently our board of directors consists of six members: Brian McKelligon, Garry Nolan, Thomas Raffin, Thomas P. Schnettler, Robert Shepler, Matt Winkler.
In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

the Class I directors will be Garry Nolan and Matthew Winkler, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

the Class II directors will be Brian McKelligon and Thomas Raffin, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

the Class III directors will be Robert Shepler and Thomas Schnettler, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.
Director Independence
Our board of directors has determined that, upon closing of this offering, Garry Nolan, Thomas P. Schnettler and Matt Winkler will be independent directors. In making this determination, our board of directors applied the standards set forth in the rules of Nasdaq and in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors considered all relevant facts and circumstances known to it in evaluating the independence of these directors, including their current and historical employment, any compensation we have given to them, any transactions we have with them, their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, their ability to exert control over us, all other material relationships they have had with us and the same facts with respect to their immediate families. We intend to rely on a phase-in period under these rules applicable to newly public companies, which will permit fewer than a majority of our board of directors to be independent on the listing date of our common stock, provided we satisfy such requirement within one year of the date of listing. Accordingly, we intend to have a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors within one year of the date our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market.
Although there is no specific policy regarding diversity in identifying director nominees, both the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the board of directors seek the talents and backgrounds that would be most helpful to us in selecting director nominees. In particular, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, when recommending director candidates to our board of directors for nomination, may consider whether a director candidate, if elected, assists in achieving a mix of board of directors members that represents a diversity of background and experience.
Board Leadership Structure
Our board of directors is led by our Chairman, Robert Shepler. Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our Bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between independent and non-independent directors, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders.
Board Oversight of Risk
Although management is responsible for the day to day management of the risks our company faces, our board of directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. The board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of the board of directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our board of directors.
In addition, we expect that our three committees will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate the board of director’s oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and corporate governance guidelines and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs as well as succession planning as it relates to our Chief Executive Officer. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with board organization, membership and structure, succession planning for our directors and corporate governance. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chair of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to the full board of directors.
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a written code of business conduct, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, a copy of the code will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K within four business days of such amendment or waiver.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, or the Audit Committee, a compensation committee, or the Compensation Committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist the board of directors. Effective upon the closing of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. Upon our listing on Nasdaq, each committee’s charter will be available on our website.
Audit Committee
The members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Schnettler, Shepler and Winkler, with Mr. Schnettler serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has designated Mr. Schnettler as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq rules with respect to the requirement that the audit committee be composed entirely of members of our board of directors who satisfy the standards of independence established for independent directors under the Nasdaq rules and the additional independence standards applicable to audit committee members established pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Winkler meets the independence requirements for audit committees required under Section 10A of the Exchange Act and the applicable Nasdaq rules. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.
Compensation Committee
The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Raffin, Nolan, Shepler and Winkler, with Mr. Raffin serving as chair. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules of Nasdaq with respect to the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of members of our board of directors who satisfy the standards of independence established for independent directors under the Nasdaq rules, as determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Nolan and Winkler are “independent” as that term is defined in SEC and Nasdaq rules, meets the heightened independence requirements for compensation committee purposes under Section 10C of the Exchange Act and related SEC and Nasdaq rules, and are considered a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

reviewing and approving our philosophy, policies and plans with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisors;

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; and

preparing the Compensation Committee reports required by the SEC, including our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Effective upon the closing of this offering Messrs. Schnettler, Shepler and Winkler will serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Schnettler. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules of Nasdaq with respect to the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of members of our board of directors who satisfy the standards of independence established for independent directors under the Nasdaq rules, as determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Schnettler and Winkler are “independent” as defined in Nasdaq rules. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include:

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

identifying and screening individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our Compensation Committee has during the prior fiscal year been one of our officers or employees or had a relationship requiring disclosure under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

Brian McKelligon, our Chief Executive Officer;

Joseph Driscoll, our Chief Financial Officer; and

Niro Ramachandran, our Chief Business Officer.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Name and principal position
Year
Salary
($)
Option
awards
($)(1)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($)
All other
compensation
($)
Total
($)
Brian McKelligon
Chief Executive Officer
2020 350,000 108,498 57,750 516,248
2019 333,333 49,001 102,000 484,334
Joseph Driscoll
Chief Financial Officer
2020 308,605 66,162 56,012 430,779
2019 237,500 72,541 84,915 394,956
Niro Ramachandran
Chief Business Officer
2020 116,250(2) 67,041 19,181 202,472
(1)
The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan during the indicated fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officers.
(2)
Amount reported for Mr. Ramachandran represents the prorated portion of his annual base salary of $300,000 earned after commencing his employment with us in August 2020.
Employment arrangements
This section contains a description of the material terms of the employment arrangements with our NEOs. Our NEOs signed an offer letter with us, which provides for at-will employment and sets forth other terms of employment, including the initial base salary, target incentive opportunity, the terms of the initial equity grant and, in the case of Mr. McKelligon and Mr. Driscoll, severance protections upon a qualifying termination. In addition, each of our NEOs executed a form of our standard at-will employment, confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement, which includes a non-solicit of employees covenant during employment and for one year following termination.
Brian McKelligon
On June 28, 2017, we entered into an employment offer letter with Brian McKelligon, who currently serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. McKelligon’s employment offer letter provides for at-will employment and sets forth his annual base salary, target bonus and initial stock option grants, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. McKelligon’s current annual base salary is
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
$350,000 and his annual bonus target is 30% of this annual salary. Mr. McKelligon also is subject to our standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement regarding ownership of intellectual property.
Under Mr. McKelligon’s employment offer letter, in the event that Mr. McKelligon’s employment with us is terminated at any time pursuant to a “constructive termination” or without “cause”, then, subject to and contingent upon Mr. McKelligon’s execution and delivery of a separation and release agreement, Mr. McKelligon will be entitled to receive payments equal to six months of his then current base salary and continued benefits, payable in accordance with our normal payroll practices.
Pursuant to Mr. McKelligon’s employment offer letter, “constructive termination” means (i) without Mr. McKelligon’s written consent, a material reduction in Mr. McKelligon’s annual salary, objective-based bonus or benefits, other than those part of a management-wide reduction, (ii) any material failure by us to comply with the provisions of Mr. McKelligon’s employment offer letter, (iii) any action that results in a material diminution in Mr. McKelligon’s title, duties or responsibilities unless such changes are mutually agreed upon, (iv) a failure of a successor-in-interest under a change of control to assume all of the obligations of the company under Mr. McKelligon’s employment offer letter, and (v) without Mr. McKelligon’s written consent, a requirement of relocation to a location more than 30 miles away from Mr. McKelligon’s current home address. In order to establish a “Constructive Termination” for terminating employment, Mr. McKelligon must provide written notice to us of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Constructive Termination and we must be provided with thirty (30) days thereafter to cure the condition to the extent that any of such reasons are susceptible to cure, such satisfaction to be reasonably determined by Mr. McKelligon.
Pursuant to Mr. McKelligon’s offer letter, “cause” means (i) any act or omission by Mr. McKelligon which has an adverse effect on our business or on Mr. McKelligon’s ability to perform services for us, including, without limitation, the commission of, or a guilty or no contest plea to, any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations), (ii) refusal or failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, serious misconduct, excessive absenteeism, a breach by Mr. McKelligon of his fiduciary duty to us, or an act of fraud or dishonesty in the performance of his duties, (iii) refusal or failure to comply with our policies, or (iv) any breach of Mr. McKelligon’s obligations or duties under any written agreement between us and Mr. McKelligon, including, without limitation, McKelligon’s employment offer letter.
In addition to the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, Mr. McKelligon will be entitled to receive full acceleration of his unvested stock options and other equity awards.
Joseph Driscoll
On January 28, 2019, we entered into an employment offer letter with Joseph Driscoll, who currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Driscoll’s employment offer letter provides for at-will employment and sets forth his annual base salary, target bonus and initial stock option grants, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Driscoll’s current annual base salary is $310,326 and his annual target bonus is 33% of his annual salary. Mr. Driscoll also is subject to our standard Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement regarding ownership of intellectual property.
Under Mr. Driscoll’s employment offer letter, in the event that Mr. Driscoll is terminated without cause, Mr. Driscoll will be entitled to receive payments equal to six months of his base salary. In addition to the foregoing, in the event of a change in control and the termination of his employment, Mr. Driscoll will be entitled to receive full acceleration of his unvested stock options.
Niroshan Ramachandran, PhD.
On July 14, 2020, we entered into an employment offer letter with Niroshan Ramachandran, PhD., who currently serves as our Chief Business Officer. Dr. Ramachandran’s employment offer letter provides for at-will employment and sets forth his annual base salary, target bonus and initial stock option grants, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Dr. Ramachandran’s current annual base salary is $300,000 and his annual target bonus is 30% of this annual salary. Dr. Ramachandran also is subject to our standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement regarding ownership of intellectual property.
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Other elements of compensation
Fiscal year 2020 annual bonus
We provide our executives an opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses to motivate and reward achievements of certain corporate and individual performance goals for each fiscal year. The target bonus, expressed as a percentage of eligible base salary, for Mr. McKelligon, Mr. Driscoll and Dr. Ramachandran was 30%, 33% and 30%, respectively, for fiscal year 2020.
Based on our achievement of net income and revenue targets established by our board of directors for fiscal year 2020, our compensation committee determined that each of Mr. McKelligon’s, Mr. Driscoll’s and Dr. Ramachandran’s bonus amount relating to corporate performance would be paid out at 55%.
Health benefits
We provide customary employee benefits to eligible employees, including to our NEOs, including medical, dental and vision benefits, short-term and long-term disability insurance, basic and supplemental life insurance and basic and supplemental accidental death and dismemberment insurance.
Retirement benefits
We maintain a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all full-time United States employees, including our NEOs. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code. Each participant may contribute between 1% to 100% of such participant’s eligible compensation to the 401(k) Plan subject to annual limitations. For fiscal year 2020, we did not make matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of our employees.
Nonqualified deferred compensation
We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
Perquisites
We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our NEOs.
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
Option Awards(1)
Name
Grant Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Options
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
Option
Expiration
Date
Brian McKelligon
11/09/2017(3)
301,631 51,498 0.30 11/09/2027
11/09/2017(4)
117,709 0.30 11/09/2027
05/02/2019(5)
139,678 108,639 0.44 05/02/2029
05/02/2019(4)
82,772 0.44 05/02/2029
Joseph Driscoll
05/02/2019(5)
157,919 203,039 0.44 05/02/2029
05/02/2019(4)
133,505 0.44 05/02/2029
Niro Ramachandran
11/06/2020(6)
171,673 0.91 11/06/2030
(1)
All of the option and stock awards were granted pursuant to our 2016 Stock Option Plan, the terms of which plan is described below under “— Equity Incentive Plans.”
(2)
All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors or compensation committee.
(3)
The option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on July 14, 2018 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments measured from July 14, 2018, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.
(4)
Such performance-based option shares were issued in 2017 and 2019, respectively. As of the original issuance date, the performance conditions were not established, and therefore there was no grant date as prescribed by ASC 718. In 2020, the options vested as performance conditions were established and determined to have been achieved.
(5)
The option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on September 26, 2019 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments measured from September 26, 2019, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.
(6)
The option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on July 13, 2021 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments measured from July 13, 2021, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.
Equity Incentive Plans
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
In April 2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to use the 2021 Plan following the closing of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2021 Plan contains a mechanism through which we may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.
A total of 1,727,953 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2030, by an amount equal to the smaller of:
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

5% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and

an amount determined by our board of directors.
Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2021 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.
The shares available under the 2021 Plan will not be reduced by awards settled in cash, but will be reduced by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights (but not other types of awards). The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2021 Plan.
The 2021 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2021 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2021 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer, or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2021 Plan.
During any year, no non-employee director may be granted one or more awards pursuant to the Plan which in the aggregate are for more than a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing $250,000 by the fair market value of a share of our stock determined on the last trading day immediately preceding the date on which the award is granted.
The 2021 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or a cash payment.
Awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

Stock options.   We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Stock appreciation rights.   A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

Restricted stock.   The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

Restricted stock units.   Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

Performance awards.   Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

Cash-based awards and other share-based awards.   The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other share-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holders will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the awards. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other share-based awards.
In the event of a change in control as described in the 2021 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2021 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards that are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable or settleable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2021 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.
The 2021 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In April 2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
A total of 172,795 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2030, equal to the smallest of:
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

0.5% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; or

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.
Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.
The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP. The ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the ESPP.
All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.
The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Any such sub-plan may or may not be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to twenty-seven months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.
In general, the ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.
Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.
Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of one (1) share of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or 300 shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from a participant’s compensation in excess
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.
A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.
In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.
The ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP at any time.
2015 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2015 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in November 16, 2015. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan is 4,947,214. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will terminate the 2015 Plan and we will not grant any further awards under such plan, but the 2015 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. Our compensation committee administers the 2015 Plan and has the authority, among other things, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2015 Plan and awards granted thereunder.
The 2015 Plan permits the grant of options. As of December 31, 2020, we had options to purchase 3,920,570 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2015 Plan. Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to our stockholders in a form other than shares (excepting normal cash dividends). All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

Stock options.   We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Restricted stock units.   Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.
In its discretion, our compensation committee may provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting or settlement of awards in connection with a “change in control,” as defined under the 2015 Plan, of each or any outstanding award or portion thereof and common stock acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the plan participant’s service prior to, upon or following such change in control, and to such extent as our compensation committee determines. In the event of a change in control, the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be, may, without the consent of any plan participant, either assume or continue the rights and obligations under each or any award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the change in control or substitute for each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the stock of the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as applicable. Any award or portion thereof which is neither assumed nor continued by the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
entity or parent thereof in connection with the change in control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) Plan, for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Our 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Each participant in the 401(k) Plan may contribute up to the statutory limit of his or her pre-tax compensation. In addition, we can make discretionary matching contributions. All salary deferrals, rollovers and matching contributions are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan provides for automatic salary deferrals of 3% of compensation with a 1% escalator each year. Participants are permitted to waive the automatic deferral provision.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Our Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL; or

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Bylaws will also provide that we may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent (including the advancement of the final disposition of any action or proceeding), and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.
Director Compensation
We do not currently have a formal compensation program for our non-employee directors. No compensation was paid to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2021.
We are currently considering a compensation program for our non-employee directors for future implementation that may consist of annual retainer fees or long-term equity awards; however, there can be no assurance at this time that such a program will be implemented or that it will consist of the components noted here. Directors who are also our employees will not receive fees for service on our board of directors.
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described in the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2018, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.
Series C Preferred Stock Financing
On September 26, 2018, we entered into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued and sold an aggregate of 26,732,361 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $0.9539, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.5 million. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our Series C preferred stock that we issued and sold to our directors, officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates in this transaction and the aggregate amount of consideration for such shares:
Purchaser(1)
Shares of
Series C
preferred
stock
Cash purchase
price
Entities affiliated with Telegraph Hill Partners
22,974,675 $ 21,915,542
The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University
2,363,411 $ 2,254,458
Matt Winkler
838,662 $ 800,000
(1)
See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these entities.
Series D Preferred Stock Financing
On September 27, 2019, the Registrant entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued and sold an aggregate of 16,390,217 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.5253, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our Series D preferred stock that we issued and sold to our directors, officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates in this transaction and the aggregate amount of consideration for such shares:
Purchaser(1)
Shares of
Series D
preferred
stock
Cash purchase
price
Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P.
6,556,087 $ 10,000,000
Entities affiliated with Telegraph Hill Partners
1,966,826 $ 3,000,000
The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University
1,004,988 $ 1,532,908
Matt Winkler
371,793 $ 567,096
(1)
See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these entities.
Agreements with our Stockholders
In connection with our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, in September 2019 we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, or the Co-Sale Agreement, and an amended and restated voting agreement, or the Voting Agreement, in each case with Telegraph Hill Partners, Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P., Stanford and Mr. Winkler. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides certain information and registration rights. All rights under the Investors’ Right Agreement, other
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
than the registration rights, terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering. See the “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” section of this prospectus for more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement. The Co-Sale Agreement provides certain rights to purchase securities offered by, and to co-sell along with, a proposed seller of securities. The Co-Sale Agreement will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering.
The Voting Agreement contains provisions with respect to the election of our board of directors and its composition. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, all of our current directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Mr. McKelligon, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as a representative of our common stockholders, as designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Thomas P. Schnettler, a principal of Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P., was elected to the board. Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P. is an affiliate of Piper Sandler & Co., an underwriter participating in this offering. See “Underwriting.”
Agreements with Stanford
On November 17, 2015, we entered into an exclusive (equity) agreement with Stanford pursuant to which we obtained an exclusive, worldwide license in all fields under Stanford’s Codex patent estate. Pursuant to the agreement (as amended), we are required to pay Stanford an annual license fee of $20,000 to $50,000 (which is creditable against royalty payments made to Stanford in the applicable year), royalties of 2.25% on our net sales of our Codex product and a specified percentage of non-royalty sublicensing income. The term of the agreement continues until the expiration of the last licensed patent unless earlier terminated in accordance with the agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we paid license fees and royalties to Stanford of $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
We sell reagent kits to Stanford on a purchase order basis. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, we recognized revenue from Stanford of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.
Argonaut Manufacturing
We purchase all of our reagent kits for our Codex and Phenoptics platforms from Argonaut Manufacturing Services (“Argonaut”). Argonaut is a portfolio company of Telegraph Hill Partners. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred costs of goods sold ofapproximately $1.5 million related to sales of consumables manufactured by Argonaut Manufacturingservices. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $1.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, is included in inventory related to consumables manufactured by Argonaut Manufacturing services. We currently purchase our reagent kits on a purchase order basis, with no minimum or maximum obligations.
Director affiliations
Some of our directors are affiliated with and serve on our board of directors as representatives of entities which beneficially own or owned 5% or more of our common stock, as indicated below:
Director
Principal stockholder
Thomas Raffin Funds affiliated with Telegraph Hill Partners
Thomas P. Schnettler Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P.
Robert Shepler Funds affiliated with Telegraph Hill Partners
Thomas P. Schnettler, is a principal of Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P., which is an affiliate of Piper Sandler & Co., an underwriter participating in this offering. See “Underwriting.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees,
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

each of our named executive officers;

each of our directors;

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares common stock.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 29,109,344 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on 35,689,344 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, convertible securities or other rights, held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, are considered outstanding. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Akoya Biosciences, Inc., 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752.
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior
to Offering
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner
Prior to
this
Offering
After
this
Offering
5% and Greater Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Telegraph Hill Partners(1)
15,675,247 53.8% 43.9%
Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P.(2)
2,813,771 9.7% 7.9%
The Board of Trustees at the Leland Stanford Junior University(3)
2,243,775 7.7% 6.3%
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Brian McKelligon(4)
666,850 2.2% 1.8%
Joseph Driscoll(5)
306,464 1.0% *
Niro Ramachandran(6)
25,035 * *
Garry Nolan(7)
706,013 2.4% 2.0%
Thomas Raffin(8)
16,104,431 55.3% 45.1%
Tom Schnettler(2)
2,813,771 9.7% 7.9%
Robert Shepler(9)
214,592 * *
Matt Winkler
781,125 2.7% 2.2%
All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)
21,618,281 71.7% 58.9%
*
less than 1%.
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(1)
Consists of (i) 14,134,162 shares of common stock held by Telegraph Hill Partners III, L.P. (“THP III”) and (ii) 1,541,085 shares of common stock held by THP III Affiliates Fund, LLC (“THP III AFF”). Telegraph Hill Partners III Investment Management, LLC (“THP IM”) is the general partner of THP III and the manager of THP III AFF. Telegraph Hill Partners Management Company, LLC (“THPMC”) is the manager of THP IM. J. Matthew Mackowski, Dr. Thomas A. Raffin and Deval Lashkari are each managers of THPMC and are deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by THP III and THP III Affiliates. The address for Telegraph Hill Partners is 360 Post Street, Suite 601, San Francisco, California 94108.
(2)
PSC Capital Management II LLC is the general partner of Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P. Piper Sandler Companies is the manager of PSC Capital Management II LLC. Tom Schnettler, the Co-CEO of PSC Capital Management II LLC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P. The address for Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P. is 800 Nicollet Mall Suite 1000 Minneapolis, MN 55402.
(3)
Consists of 2,243,775 shares held by The Board of Trustees at the Leland Stanford Junior University. The Board of Trustees at the Leland Stanford Junior University has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares.
(4)
Consists of 666,850 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.
(5)
Consists of 306,464 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.
(6)
Consists of 25,035 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.
(7)
Consists of (i) 680,084 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Nolan, and (ii) 25,929 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.
(8)
Consists of (i) 429,184 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Raffin, (ii) 14,134,162 shares of common stock held by THP III and (b) 1,541,085 shares of common stock held by THP III AFF. Mr. Raffin is a managing member of THPMC and is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by THP III and THP III Affiliates. Mr. Raffin disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities held by THP III and THP III Affiliates, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(9)
Mr. Shepler is a former managing member of THPMC and has a pecuniary interest in the shares held by THP III and THP III Affiliates. Mr. Shepler disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities held by THP III and THP III Affiliates, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.
The following descriptions of our capital stock, provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the Investors’ Rights Agreement are summaries and are qualified by reference to the full text of those documents, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following summary of relevant provisions of the DGCL is qualified by the full text of such provisions. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur prior to the closing of this offering.
Because these are only summaries, they do not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents.
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2020, we had no shares of Class A common stock and 2,563,765 shares of Class B common Stock outstanding and 61,851,241 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock and preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, there would have been 29,109,344 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2020, held of record by 48 stockholders.
The holders of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, that may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Following the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors will be able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including:

the designation of the series;

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.
Registration Rights
Upon the closing of this offering, holders of 26,545,579 shares of our common stock, which shares we refer to as “registrable securities,” will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these registrable securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The Investors’ Rights Agreement includes demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights.
All underwriting discounts applicable to the sale of registrable securities pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be borne by the holders of registrable securities participating in such sale. Any additional expenses incurred in connection with exercise of registration rights under the Investors’ Rights Agreement, including all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of our counsel shall be borne by us.
Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in an underwritten offering by holders of registrable securities to the number of shares which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.
Demand Registration Rights
Form S-1.   If at any time beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, investors holding at least 65% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration and the anticipated price to the public of such registrable securities is $10.0 million or more, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.
Form S-3.   If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3, investors holding at least 65% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 and the price to the public of the offering is $1.0 million or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use all reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-1 for the holders of registrable securities.
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Piggyback Registration Rights
After the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related solely to an employee benefit plan, a registration related solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or any rule adopted by the SEC in substitution thereof or amendment thereto, or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.
Anti-Takeover Matters in our Governing Documents and Under Delaware Law
Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will contain, and the DGCL contains, provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control, and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an antitakeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Authorized But Unissued Capital Stock
The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of Nasdaq. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. Directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. After this offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors will hold office until the next election of the director’s class and until the director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, changes in control of us or changes in our management.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law
After this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock or is the corporation’s affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not approved in advance by our board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chair of the board of directors or our Chief Executive Officer. Our Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management.
Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our Bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our Bylaws will allow the chair of a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of that meeting that may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at that meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent.
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon the closing of this offering, our Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation described above.
The foregoing provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.
Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, agent, or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. It will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum clauses described above shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions. In addition, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. It is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our Bylaws will generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.
Nasdaq Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “AKYA.”
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021, 35,689,344 shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.
The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will be, and shares subject to stock options will, upon issuance, be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities exchangeable or exercisable for our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all 6,580,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, the remaining 29,109,344 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
All of our directors and officers and security holders are, or will be, subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to our common stock, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Underwriting” for more information.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal 356,893 shares immediately after this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Form S-8 Registration Statement
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the closing of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.
Registration Rights
We have granted certain registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus supplement. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would agree with such statements and conclusions.
This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to an individual holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

“controlled foreign corporations”;

“passive foreign investment companies”;

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

tax-qualified retirement plans;

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

persons that own or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) or other
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that is or is treated as any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may, in some cases, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year, are counted.
Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
If we distribute cash or other property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts distributed in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any distribution in excess of a non-U.S. basis will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described in the “Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” section below.
Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish the applicable withholding agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying such non-U.S. holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to the applicable withholding agent before the payment of dividends and generally must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained in the United States by such non-U.S. holder, if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.
However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.
Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

our common stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.
Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests (if any) relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests (if any). We believe we are not currently and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.
Withholding on Foreign Entities
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, as reflected in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and, subject to the Proposed Treasury Regulations as discussed below, the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a “foreign financial institution” ​(as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and, subject to the Proposed Treasury Regulations as discussed below, the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. FATCA withholding currently applies to dividends paid on our common stock. Proposed Treasury Regulations, which may be relied upon until final Treasury Regulations are finalized, currently eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock.
Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.
EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX.
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
UNDERWRITING
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters, and subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
Number of Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Piper Sandler & Co.
Canaccord Genuity LLC
           
Total
6,580,000
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 987,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $      per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
Without
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
With full
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
Per Share
$          $         
Total
$ $
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2,500,000. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $45,000 related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters.
Our directors, executive officers and all of our shareholders (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts,
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, or (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all shareholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
Record holders of our securities are typically the parties to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and the market standoff agreements with us referred to above, while holders of beneficial interests in our shares who are not also record holders in respect of such shares are not typically subject to any such agreements or other similar restrictions. Accordingly, we believe that certain holders of beneficial interests who are not record holders and are not bound by market standoff or lock-up agreements could enter into transactions with respect to those beneficial interests that negatively impact our stock price. In addition, a shareholder who is neither subject to a market standoff agreement with us nor a lock-up agreement with the underwriters may be able to sell, short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, lend or otherwise dispose of or attempt to sell short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, lend or otherwise dispose of, their equity interests at any time after the closing of this offering.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “AKYA.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

an assessment of our management;

our prospects for future earnings;

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
In particular, one of our directors, Thomas P. Schnettler, is a principal of Piper Sandler Merchant Banking Fund II, L.P., which is an affiliate of Piper Sandler & Co., an underwriter participating in this offering. See also “Certain Relationships and Related-Person Transactions — Director Affiliations” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Person Transactions — Agreements with our Stockholders.”
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the common shares may only be made to persons, or to the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” ​(within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” ​(within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the common shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Bermuda
Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.
Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the representatives are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
China
This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC, and the shares will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC, except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of the securities may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
(b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or
(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of the securities shall require us or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
 
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares that are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Israel
In the State of Israel, this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of our common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions, or the Addressed Investors; or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, subject to certain conditions, or the Qualified Investors. The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. We have not and will not take any action that would require us to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term, as used in this prospectus means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Korea
The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FSCMA, and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FETL. The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
 
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Saudi Arabia
This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or the CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(a)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e)
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018 of Singapore.
Singapore Securities and Futures Act Product Classification: Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA), that the common shares are “prescribed capital markets products” ​(as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
 
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
South Africa
Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” ​(as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, or the South African Companies Act, (as amended or re-enacted)) is being made in South Africa in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this prospectus does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” ​(as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:
Section 96(1)(a)
the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:
(i) persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;
(ii) the South African Public Investment Corporation;
(iii) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;
(iv) authorized financial service providers under South African law;
(v) financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;
(vi) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or
(vii) any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or
Section 96(1)(b)
the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.
Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.
Switzerland
This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in our securities. The securities may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”), and no application has or will be made to admit the securities to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Taiwan
The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.
United Arab Emirates
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons
 
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that either (i) has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, or (ii) is to be treated as if it had been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transitional provision in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the United Kingdom at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation); or

in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”),
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any relevant state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of us or the underwriters.
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” ​(as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the securities in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
 
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
LEGAL MATTERS
DLA Piper LLP (US), San Diego, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 have been audited by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon and included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.akoyabio.com where, upon closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
 
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
Index to consolidated financial statements
Page(s)
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and its subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ RSM US LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 12, 2021 except with respect to the matters
discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is April 12, 2021.
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated balance sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31,
Pro Forma
December 31, 2020
(unaudited)
2020
2019
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 17,006 $ 11,636 $ 17,006
Certificates of deposit
10,023
Accounts receivable, net
6,470
13,167
6,470
Inventories, net
4,263
4,093
4,263
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
957
1,955
957
Total current assets
28,696
40,874
28,696
Property and equipment, net
5,528
4,983
5,528
Restricted cash – long term
502
501
502
Demo inventory, net
1,494
475
1,494
Intangible assets, net
22,714
24,137
22,714
Goodwill
18,262
18,262
18,262
Other assets
464
181
464
Total assets
$ 77,660 $ 89,413 $ 77,660
Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 5,074 $ 8,119 $ 5,074
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
7,015
8,581
7,015
Current portion of capital lease obligations
197
80
197
Deferred revenue
3,844
4,375
3,844
Current portion of long-term debt
1,032
1,032
Total current liabilities
17,162
21,155
17,162
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
1,008
905
1,008
Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt discount
33,488
24,466
33,488
Deferred tax liability, net
170
163
170
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
277
205
277
Warrant liability
490
192
Contingent consideration liability (Note 5), net of current portion
6,984
8,139
6,984
Total liabilities
59,579
55,225
59,089
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 13,715,330
shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (preference in liquidation of $11,500 at December 31, 2020)
11,500
10,780
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 26,732,361
shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (preference in liquidation of $30,107 at December 31, 2020)
30,107
28,067
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 16,758,996
shares authorized; 16,390,217 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (preference
in liquidation of $27,500 at December 31, 2020)
27,500
25,500
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
69,107
64,347
Stockholders’ deficit:
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 5,013,333 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (preference in liquidation of $1,253) at December 31, 2020 and 2019
1,253
1,253
Class A Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 62,220,020 shares authorized; 0
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019
2
Class B Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 16,822,202 shares authorized;
2,563,765 and 2,286,872 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
1
1
Additional paid in capital
70,849
Accumulated deficit
(52,280)
(31,413)
(52,280)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(51,026)
(30,159)
18,571
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit
$ 77,660 $ 89,413 $ 77,660
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated statements of operations
(in thousands except share & per share data)
Year ended
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Revenue:
Product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service and other revenue
9,005
5,892
Total revenue
42,443
42,236
Cost of goods sold:
Cost of product revenue
$ 12,584 $ 15,447
Cost of service and other revenue
3,951
2,126
Total cost of goods sold
$ 16,535 $ 17,573
Gross profit
$ 25,908 $ 24,663
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
23,982
26,351
Research and development
9,603
8,761
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
519
(1,201)
Depreciation and amortization
3,815
3,055
Total operating expenses
37,919
36,966
Loss from operations
(12,011)
(12,303)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
(2,723)
(1,881)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(298)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(1,671)
Other income (expense), net
39
(373)
Loss before provision for income taxes
$ (16,664) $ (14,557)
Provision for income taxes
(42)
(194)
Net loss
(16,706)
(14,751)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$ (9.18) $ (8.04)
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
2,370,574
2,276,048
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$ (0.75)
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
28,916,153
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Series B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Series C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Series D
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Class B
Common Stock
Addi-
tional
Paid in
Capital
Accumu-
lated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
deficit
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2018
13,715,330 $ 10,060 26,732,361 $ 26,027 5,013,333 $ 1,253 2,272,613 $ 1 $ (13,383) $ (12,129)
Issuance of Series D
Preferred Stock, net of
issuance costs of $176
16,390,217 24,824 0
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
176 (176) (176)
Exercise of stock options
14,259 4 4
Accrued dividends
720 2,040 500 (157) (3,103) (3,260)
Net loss
(14,751) (14,751)
Stock-based compensation
153 153
Balance at December 31, 2019
13,715,330 $ 10,780 26,732,361 $ 28,067 16,390,217 $ 25,500 5,013,333 $ 1,253 2,286,872 $ 1 $ $ (31,413) $ (30,159)
Exercise of stock options
276,893 122 122
Accrued dividends
720 2,040 2,000 (599) (4,161) (4,760)
Net loss
(16,706) (16,706)
Stock-based compensation
477 477
Balance at December 31, 2020
13,715,330 $ 11,500 26,732,361 $ 30,107 16,390,217 $ 27,500 5,013,333 $ 1,253 2,563,765 $ 1 $ $ (52,280) $ (51,026)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences Inc., and Subsidiary
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(in thousands)
Year ended
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Operating activities
Net loss
$
(16,706)
$
(14,751)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
3,815
3,055
Non-cash interest expense
316
74
Stock-based compensation expense
477
153
Paid-in-kind interest
366
115
Deferred tax liability
7
156
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
519
(1,201)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
298
Loss on extinguishment of debt
1,671
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net
6,697
(3,373)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
56
(1,819)
Inventories, net
(684)
(4,007)
Accounts payable
(3,045)
(49)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(202)
4,643
Deferred revenue
(428)
3,228
Net cash used in operating activities
(6,843)
(13,776)
Investing activities
Purchases of certificates of deposits
(10,000)
Maturity of certificates of deposits
10,168
Interest income reinvested in certificates of deposit
(145)
(23)
Purchases of property and equipment
(3,295)
(2,869)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
6,728
(12,892)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of Series D preferred stock, net of issuance costs
24,824
Proceeds from stock option exercises
122
4
Principal payments on capital leases
(191)
(41)
Proceeds from debt
34,976
30,000
Principal payments of debt
(25,000)
(25,000)
Payments of debt issuance costs
(532)
(531)
Payments of debt extinguishment costs
(1,262)
Payments of contingent consideration
(2,627)
(695)
Net cash provided by financing activities
5,486
28,561
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
5,371
1,893
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year
12,137
10,244
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year
17,508
$
12,137
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest
$ 2,246 $ 1,790
Cash paid for income taxes
$
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activities
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$ 420 $ 937
Accretion of dividends on Series B, C, and D Preferred Stock
$ 4,760 $ 3,260
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
$ $ 176
Warrants issued to lender
$ $ 192
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Akoya Biosciences Inc., and Subsidiary
Notes to consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(1) The company and basis of presentation
Description of business
Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (“Akoya” or the “Company”) is a life sciences technology company, founded on November 13, 2015 as a Delaware corporation with operations based in Marlborough, Massachusetts and Menlo Park, California, delivering spatial biology solutions focused on transforming discovery and clinical research. Spatial biology refers to an evolving technology that enables academic and biopharma scientists to detect and map the distribution of cell types and biomarkers across whole tissue samples at single cell resolution, enabling advancements in their understanding of disease progression and patient response to therapy. Through Akoya’s CODEX and Phenoptics platforms, reagents, software and services, the Company offers end-to-end solutions to perform tissue analysis and spatial phenotyping across the full continuum, from discovery through translational and clinical research.
On September 28, 2018, the Company acquired the commercial Phenoptics division of PerkinElmer, Inc. (“PKI”) for multiplex immunofluorescence, with the aim of providing consumers with a full suite of end-to-end solutions for high parameter tissue analysis. The Phenoptics technology offers pathology solutions for cancer immunology and immunotherapy research, including advanced multiplex immunochemistry staining kits, multispectral imaging and whole side scanning instruments, and image analysis software. The Company’s combined portfolio of complementary technologies aims to fuel groundbreaking advancements in cancer immunology, immunotherapy, neurology and a wide range of other applications. The Company sells into three main regions across the world: North America, Asia-Pacific (“APAC”), and Europe-Middle East-Africa (“EMEA”).
Liquidity and going concern
At December 31, 2020, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $17,006 and an accumulated deficit of $52,280. The future success of the Company is dependent on its ability to successfully commercialize its products, successfully launch future products, obtain additional capital and ultimately attain profitable operations. The Company has funded its operations primarily through its preferred stock issuances and debt financing arrangements.
The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other newly commercial life sciences companies, including, but not limited to, development and market acceptance of the Company’s product candidates, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, and raising additional capital.
After its acquisition of the Phenoptics division of PKI, the Company has incurred significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. The Company may seek to fund its operations through private equity or debt financings, as well as other sources. However, the Company may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed, on favorable terms, or at all. The Company’s failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements if and when needed would have a negative impact on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and the Company’s ability to develop and commercialize existing and future products.
In October 2020, the Company entered into a new debt financing arrangement with Midcap Trust, providing for aggregate proceeds of $32,500. $5,000 is available to be drawn upon from March 31, 2021, through June 30, 2021.
The Company has incurred losses since its inception and has used cash from operations of $6,843 during the year ended December 31, 2020. However, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the $5,000 in existing availability under the financing arrangement with Midcap Trust, which is available to be drawn between March 31, 2021 to June 30, 2021, will be adequate to satisfy our current operating plans for at least the next twelve months from the issuance of these financial statements.
 
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described above.
(2) Summary of significant accounting policies
Principles of consolidation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Akoya Biosciences UK Ltd. (“Akoya UK”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Foreign currency remeasurement
Akoya UK’s subsidiary’s activities are recorded in British Pound Sterling and are remeasured using the United States Dollar as the functional currency. The balance sheet is remeasured into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenues, expenses, and cash flows are remeasured at average rates during each reporting period. Net exchange gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of the United Kingdom subsidiary balances are charged directly to operations and are included in other expense and were determined to be immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and were determined to be immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company utilizes certain estimates in the determination of the fair value of its stock options and warrant, the useful lives of property and equipment, revenue recognition, determining the fair value of intangible assets, accrued expenses, income tax accounting, the value of purchase consideration paid and identifiable assets acquired and assumed in acquisitions, contingent consideration, goodwill and intangible asset impairment review, and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market-specific or other relevant assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from such estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows to conform to the current year presentation. We have reclassified $536 from selling, general, and administrative to research and development costs in 2019 on the consolidated statements of operations. We have reclassified $695 from operating cash flows to financing cash flows on the consolidated statements of cash flows related to the payment made for contingent consideration in 2019. Such reclassifications did not have any impact on the results of operations or cash flows.
Segment information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Company’s chief executive officer, views the Company’s operations and manages its business as a single operating segment.
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Concentrations of credit risk
Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains its cash deposits, which at times may exceed federally insured limits, with large financial institutions and, accordingly, the Company believes their cash and cash equivalents are subject to minimal credit risk.
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
The Company records cash and cash equivalents as restricted when it is unable to freely use such cash and cash equivalents for general operating purposes. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, restricted cash is recorded as long term and consists of a security deposit in a financial institution that is restricted from use as collateral for our letter of credit associated with our office and laboratory space in Marlborough, MA (Note 13), as well as cash restricted from use for the Company’s corporate credit card program.
Accounts receivable
The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from sales to commercial customers. At each reporting period, management reviews all outstanding balances to determine if the facts and circumstances of each customer relationship indicate the need for a reserve. The Company does not require collateral and had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $103 and $50 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of its inventories, which includes amounts related to materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company performs an assessment of the recoverability of capitalized inventory during each reporting period and writes down any excess and obsolete inventories to their realizable value in the period in which the impairment is first identified. Shipping and handling costs incurred for inventory purchases are capitalized and recorded upon sale within the cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations. Inventory is primarily raw materials as the Company utilizes contract manufacturers to produce the final products, which are typically drop-shipped directly to customers.
Fair value measurements
Certain assets and liabilities are reported on a recurring basis at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), establishes a hierarchy of inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available.
Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy defines three levels of valuation inputs:
Level 1 — Quoted unadjusted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which all observable inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3 — Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable, including assumptions developed by the Company.
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The fair value hierarchy prioritizes valuation inputs based on the observable nature of those inputs. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability (Note 5).
For certain financial instruments, including accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 because of their short-term nature. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying value of the Company’s debt approximated fair value, which was determined using Level 3 inputs, using market quotes from brokers and is based on current rates offered for similar debt (Note 9).
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized as additions to property and equipment.
Demo inventory
Demo inventory is considered a hybrid between fixed asset and regular inventory as the Company occasionally sells the demo product to customers upon request. Potential customers and key opinion leaders use demo inventory in the field for a trial period and on occasion purchase the inventory within a few months of usage. Demo inventory that is not purchased by the potential customer or key opinion leader is returned to the Company. Demo inventory is recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized as additions to demo inventory. Upon sale, Demo inventory, if and when sold, is recorded as product revenue and the remaining carrying value is booked through cost of goods sold.
Business combinations — intangible assets and contingent consideration
The Company bases the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management, which consider management’s best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. The Company’s intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 to 15 years.
Further, for those arrangements which arise from a business combination that involve potential future contingent consideration, the Company records on the date of acquisition a liability equal to the fair value of the estimated additional consideration the Company may be obligated to make in the future. The Company re-measures this liability each reporting period and records changes in the fair value through changes in fair value of contingent consideration within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company records amounts currently due as it relates to contingent consideration within accrued expenses. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability can result from changes in discount rates, periods, timing and amount of projected revenue or timing or likelihood of achieving regulatory, revenue or commercialization-based milestones. The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections, growth rates, cash flows, discount rates, useful life or probability of achieving regulatory or revenue-based milestones could result in different purchase price allocations and recognized amortization expense and contingent consideration expense or benefit in current and future periods.
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, including demo inventory, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indications of impairment exist, projected future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or asset group are compared to the carrying amount to determine whether the asset’s value is recoverable. During this analysis, the Company reevaluates the significant assumptions used in determining the original cost and
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
estimated lives of long-lived assets. Although the assumptions may vary from asset to asset, they generally include operating results, changes in the use of the asset, cash flows and other indicators of value. The Company then determines whether the remaining useful life continues to be appropriate or whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the assets’ recovery. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds such projected undiscounted cash flows, the asset will be written down to its estimated fair value.
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually and tests intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable (i.e., upon occurrence of a triggering event). The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill at November 1 (and if and when triggering events occur between annual impairment tests). Upon completion of its quantitative assessment as of November 1, 2020, the Company has concluded that goodwill is not impaired. No events or changes in circumstances have indicated that the Company’s intangible assets with useful lives are impaired as of December 31, 2020.
Debt issuance costs
Debt issuance costs represent fees paid to or on behalf of the Company’s lenders to obtain debt financing. Debt issuance costs are recorded as a discount of the related debt. The costs are accreted over the term of the debt through interest expense using the straight line method which approximates the effective interest method.
Revenue recognition
The Company follows ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”).
The Company generates revenue from the sale and installation of instruments, related warranty services, reagents and software (both company-owned and with third parties). Pursuant to ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods and services.
To determine the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized for arrangements determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identification of the customer contract; (ii) identification of the performance obligations; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.
The Company evaluates all promised goods and services within a customer contract and determines which of those are separate performance obligations. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether the good or service is capable of being distinct and whether the good or service is separable from other promises in the contract. Promised goods or services are considered distinct when (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service on its own or together with other readily available resources and (ii) the promised good or service is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.
Most of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations (i.e., sale of an instrument and warranty services). For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct (i.e. capable of being distinct and separable from other promises in the contract). The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Excluded from the transaction price are sales tax and other similar taxes which are presented on a net basis.
Product Revenue
Product revenue is generated by the sale of instruments and consumable reagents predominantly through the Company’s direct sales force in the United States and in geographic regions outside the United States such as APAC and EMEA. The Company does not offer product return or exchange rights (other than
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
those relating to defective goods under warranty) or price protection allowances to its customers. When an instrument is purchased by a customer, the Company recognizes revenue when the related performance obligation is satisfied (i.e. when the control of an instrument has passed to the customer). Revenue from the sale of consumables is recognized upon shipment to the customer. The Company’s perpetual software licenses generally have significant stand-alone functionality to the customer upon delivery and are considered to be functional intellectual property (IP). The Company’s perpetual software licenses are considered distinct performance obligations, and revenue allocated to the software license is typically recognized upon provision of the license/software code to the customer (i.e., when the software is available for access and download by the customer).
Service and Other Revenue
Product sales of instruments include a service-based warranty typically for one year following the installation of the purchased instrument, with an extended warranty for an additional year sold in many cases. These are determined to comprise separate performance obligations as they are service-based warranties and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the service delivery period. After completion of the service period, customers have an option to renew or extend the warranty services, typically for additional one-year periods in exchange for additional consideration. The extended warranties are also service-based warranties that represent separate purchasing decisions. The Company recognizes revenue allocated to the extended warranty performance obligation on a straight-line basis over the service delivery period. Revenue from separately charged installation services is recognized upon completion of the installation process. Additionally, the Company provides laboratory services, in which revenue is recognized as services are performed. For laboratory services, we generally use the cost-to-cost approach to measure the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation because we believe it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer. Under the cost-to-cost measure approach, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenues are recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. The Company records shipping and handling billed to customers as service and other revenue and the related costs in cost of service and other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by type of products, and between service and other revenue, as it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by major source:
Year ended
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Revenue
Product revenue
Instruments
$ 23,772 $ 26,470
Consumables
8,535 8,167
Standalone software products
1,131 1,707
Total product revenue
$ 33,438 $ 36,344
Service and other revenue
$ 9,005 $ 5,892
Total revenue
$ 42,443 $ 42,236
Significant Judgments
The Company’s contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together requires significant judgment. Once the Company determines the performance obligations, the Company determines the transaction price, which includes estimating the amount of variable consideration, based on the most likely amount, to be included
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in the transaction price, if any. The Company then allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation in the contract based on a relative standalone selling price method. The corresponding revenue is recognized as the related performance obligations are satisfied as discussed in the revenue categories above.
Judgment is required to determine the standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation. The Company determines standalone selling price based on the price at which the performance obligation in the contract (i.e. instrument, service warranty, installation) would be sold separately. As the first-year warranty for each instrument is embedded in the instrument price, the amount allocated to the first-year warranty has been determined based on the separately identifiable price of the Company’s extended warranty offering when it is sold on a renewal basis.
If the standalone selling price is not observable through past transactions, the Company estimates the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and the expected costs and margin related to the performance obligations. Contracts in which only one performance obligation is identified (i.e., consumables and standalone software products) do not require allocation of the transaction price.
Contract Assets and Liabilities
The Company did not record any contract assets at December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The Company’s contract liabilities consist of upfront payments for service-based warranties on instrument sales. The Company classifies these contract liabilities in deferred revenue as current or noncurrent based on the timing of when the Company expects to service the warranty.
Cost to Obtain and Fulfill a Contract
Under ASC 606, the Company is required to capitalize certain costs to obtain customer contracts and costs to fulfill customer contracts. These costs are required to be amortized to expense on a systemic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates, compared to previously being expensed as incurred. As a practical expedient, the Company recognizes any incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset is one year or less. Capitalizable costs to obtain contracts, such as commissions, and costs to fulfill customer contracts were determined to be immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of product revenue includes the cost of materials, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead costs used in the manufacture of products sold to customers.
Cost of service and other revenue consists of personnel, facility costs associated with operating our laboratory testing on behalf of the customers, costs related to instrument maintenance, servicing equipment, training customers at customer sites, freight, other direct costs, and overhead.
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
The Company has classified redeemable convertible preferred stock as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because it becomes redeemable due to the passage of time or could become redeemable due to certain change in control clauses that are outside of the Company’s control. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is adjusted to the redemption value over time through the date of the earliest redemption date. These increases are recorded as charges against retained earnings, if any, and then to additional paid-in capital. Then, in the absence of additional paid-in capital, the accretion is charged to the accumulated deficit.
Research and development costs
Costs incurred in the research and development of the Company’s product candidates are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including activities associated with performing services under research revenue
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
arrangements, costs associated with the manufacture of developing products and include salaries and benefits, stock compensation, research related facility and overhead costs, laboratory supplies, equipment and contract services.
Capitalized software development costs
Since the Company sells standalone licensed software products to its customers, the Company applies the software revenue recognition guidance related to accounting for the costs of such software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, or ASC 985-20. Such guidance requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. The Company has determined that costs eligible for capitalization under ASC 985-20 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were immaterial.
We account for costs to develop or obtain internal-use software in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software, or ASC 350-40. We also account for costs of significant upgrades and enhancements resulting in additional functionality under ASC 350-40. These costs are primarily development costs related to our cloud-based Proxima software which will be accessed by customers on a subscription basis. Proxima is an open solution designed to meet both requirements by enabling the storage, sharing, analysis, and visualization of spatial phenotyping images and experimental results generated on our platforms. The Company expects to commercialize Proxima in 2021, and thus has not started amortizing the associated capitalized intangible asset as of December 31, 2020, and has not recognized revenues for the period ended December 31, 2020. Costs incurred for maintenance, training, and minor modifications or enhancements are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. Development costs related to internal-use software were $659 in 2020 and recorded as an intangible asset on our December 31, 2020 consolidated balance sheet. We estimated the useful life of such asset to be five years. The Company determined costs eligible for capitalization under ASC 350-40 during the year ended December 31, 2019 were immaterial.
Advertising expenses
The cost of advertising, marketing and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, advertising costs totaled $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively.
Comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive loss, which includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. The Company’s comprehensive loss equals reported net loss for all periods presented.
Deferred offering costs
The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation these costs are recorded in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the in-process equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed as a charge to operating expenses. As of December 31, 2020, $269 of deferred offering costs were included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were no deferred offering costs at December 31, 2019.
Stock-based compensation
The Company records stock-based compensation for options granted to employees and to members of the board of directors for their services on the board of directors based on the grant date fair value of awards issued, and the expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally four years. The Company accounts for non-employee stock-based compensation arrangements
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
based on the fair value of the consideration received or the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date for non-employee awards is generally the date that the performance of services required for the non-employee award is complete. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the fair value of non-employee stock-based awards is estimated on the date of grant, and subsequently revalued at each reporting period over their vesting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected life of the option, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yields of the common stock. The expected term was determined according to the simplified method, which is the average of the vesting tranche dates and the contractual term. Due to the lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility, the Company bases its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. For these analyses, companies with comparable characteristics are selected, including enterprise value and position within the industry, and with historical price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. The Company computes the historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of its stock-based awards. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining maturities similar to the expected term of the options. The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur; any compensation cost previously recognized for an award that is forfeited because of a failure to satisfy a service or performance condition will be reversed in the period of the forfeiture. Refer to Note 11 for further details on the Company’s stock-based compensation plan.
Warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock
The Company reviews the terms of all warrants issued in connection with the applicable accounting guidance and classifies warrants as a long-term liability on the consolidated balance sheets if the warrant may conditionally obligate the Company to transfer assets, including repurchase of the issuers’ shares, at some point in the future. Warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock meet these criteria and therefore require liability-classification.
Liability-classified warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company estimates the fair value of these warrants at issuance and each financial reporting date thereafter using the valuation model as discussed in Note 5.
Income taxes
The Company provides for income taxes using the liability method. The Company provides deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the Company’s financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded net as long term. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.
The Company applies ASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) in accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company has identified an uncertain tax position, however this uncertain tax position has not created a liability for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 as the reserve has been applied against the asset. The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense.
Commitments and contingencies
Indemnification obligations
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors that require the Company to indemnify such individuals for certain events or occurrences while each such officer or
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is, in many cases, unlimited. The Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage that limits its exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.
The Company leases office and laboratory space under operating leases. The Company has standard indemnification arrangements under the leases that require it to indemnify the landlords against all costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, and actions directly resulting from any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant or condition of the Company’s leases.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into indemnification agreements with certain suppliers and business partners where the Company has certain indemnification obligations limited to the costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities and actions directly resulting from the Company’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and in certain instances, breaches, violations or nonperformance of covenants or conditions under the agreements.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had not experienced any material losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no material claims with respect thereto were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves were established.
The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. Management considers the likelihood of loss related to an asset, or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss, in determining loss contingencies. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it is probable that an asset has been impaired, or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required. Refer to Note 13 for the details of the Company’s contingencies.
Legal proceedings
From time to time, the Company may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from the ordinary course of business. Management believes that there are no claims or actions pending against the Company currently, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding is determined by dividing net loss, as adjusted for accretion and accrued dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock, by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock; however, potential common equivalent shares are excluded if their effect is anti-dilutive. In computing diluted net loss per share, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method.
The Company applies the two-class method to compute basic and diluted net loss or income per share when it has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net (loss) or income per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires net (loss) income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in the earnings as if all net (loss) income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s convertible preferred stock participates in any dividends declared by the Company and are therefore considered to be participating securities. The participating securities are not required to participate in the losses of the Company, and therefore during periods of loss there is no allocation required under the two-class method. See Note 14 for computation of pro forma earnings per share.
Unaudited pro forma balance sheet
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2020 assumes the following occurs immediately prior to the completion of an IPO: (1) all outstanding shares of Class B common stock
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
had automatically converted into an aggregate of 2,563,765 shares of the Company's common, (2) all shares of convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into an aggregate of 26,545,579 shares of the Company's common stock, and (3) the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid in capital (as the warrant will be exercisable into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and will no longer meet the requirements of liability classification).
Recent Accounting Standards
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. The Company is considered to be an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (Jobs Act). The Jobs Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
Recently adopted accounting standards
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”). This guidance simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. This standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 effective as of January 1, 2020 and the impact of adoption was determined to be immaterial.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The amendment is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 effective as of January 1, 2020 and the impact of adoption was determined to be immaterial.
Recently issued but not yet adopted accounting standards
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under previous generally accepted accounting principles. ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term on the balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 (including interim periods within those periods) and early adoption is permitted. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which provides a new transition option in which an entity initially applies ASU 2016-02 at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. In June 2020, the FASB issued an extension in the effective date for all non-public companies. This extended the effective date to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021 (i.e. calendar year periods beginning on January 1, 2022) and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. Prior period comparative balances will not be adjusted. The Company expects to use the new transition option and will expect to be also utilizing the package of practical expedients that allows it to not reassess: (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company expects to use the short-term lease exception for leases with a term of twelve months or less. Additionally, the Company expects to use the practical expedient that allows it to treat each separate lease component of a contract and its associated non-lease components as a single lease component. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2016-02 and is continuing to evaluate the impact of adoption on these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326) — Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which has been subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-19, ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05, ASU No. 2019-10, ASU No. 2019-11 and ASU No. 2020-03 (“ASU 2016-13”). The provisions of ASU 2016-13 modify the impairment model to utilize an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology and require a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that ASU 2016-13 may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead of determining a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment, the Company will compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The update also includes a new requirement to disclose the amount of goodwill allocated to reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. This standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, that this new guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
(3) Significant risks and uncertainties including business and credit concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and receivables. The Company’s cash equivalents are held by large, credit worthy financial institutions. The Company invests its excess cash in certificates of deposits. The Company has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity. Deposits in these banks may exceed the amounts of insurance provided on such deposits. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.
The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and monitoring procedures. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts and the aging of the related invoices and represents the Company’s best estimate of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. In 2019, PKI served as our distributor for Europe and parts of APAC, and thus represented a significant concentration of revenue and accounts receivable.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, no customers accounted for more than 10% of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, PKI accounted for 30% of revenue. No customers accounted for greater than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2020. PKI comprised 21% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2019.
(4) Business Acquisitions
On September 28, 2018, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of the Quantitative Pathology Solutions (“QPS”) division of PKI. As part of the acquisition, on September 28, 2018, the Company entered into a Transition Services Agreement and a License Agreement (the “Ancillary Agreements”) with PKI. Under the terms of the License Agreement, the Company agreed to pay PKI certain royalties as a percentage of future sales of products from the QPS division, in exchange for a perpetual license of the right to produce and sell QPS products. This contingent consideration is subject to remeasurement and as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company estimated the total fair value of future potential royalty payments under the License Agreement to be $8,574 and $10,682, respectively, using a Discounted Cash Flow Analysis under the Income Approach based on the Company’s future projected revenues (see Note 5), of which $6,984 and $8,139, respectively was recorded as Contingent Consideration Liability and $1,590 and $2,543 was recorded in Accrued Liabilities, respectively.
The Company recognized as of the acquisition date $1.9 million in fixed assets, $2.1 million in other current liabilities, $26.7 million in intangible assets, and $18.3 million in goodwill. The goodwill balance
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
recognized as of the acquisition date was measured as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets. Identifiable definite-lived intangible assets, such as developed technology, trade names, non-compete agreements and customer relationships acquired as part of this acquisition had a weighted average amortization period of 13 years (see Note 7). The Company determined the estimated fair values of the identifiable intangible assets acquired after review and consideration of relevant information including discounted cash flow analyses, comparable market data, and the Company’s estimates and projections.
(5) Fair value of financial instruments
The Company measures the following financial liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. There were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during any of the periods presented. The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value categorized using the lowest level of input applicable to each financial instrument as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Balance at
December 31,
2020
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Liabilities:
Warrant liability
$ 490 $ $ $ 490
Contingent consideration – Long term portion
$ 6,984 $ $ $ 6,984
$ 7,474 $ $ $ 7,474
Balance at
December 31,
2019
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Liabilities:
Warrant liability
$ 192 $ $ $ 192
Contingent consideration – Long term portion
$ 8,139 $ $ $ 8,139
$ 8,331 $ $ $ 8,331
The Company’s recurring fair value measurements using Level 3 inputs relate to the Company’s contingent consideration liability and warrant liability. In those circumstances where an acquisition involves a contingent consideration arrangement, the Company recognizes a liability equal to the fair value of the contingent payments the Company expects to make as of the acquisition date. The Company re-measures this liability each reporting period and records changes in the fair value through changes in fair value of Contingent consideration on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability can result from changes in discount rates, periods, timing and amount of projected revenue.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the warrant liability for the Series D Preferred Stock warrant. The Black Scholes option pricing model is based on the estimated market value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends, and expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Changes in the fair value of the Company’s long-term portion of the contingent consideration liability during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
Balance as of December 31, 2018
$ 11,883
Reclassification of Q4 2019 payment to accrued expenses
(2,543)
Change in contingent consideration value
(1,201)
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$ 8,139
Contingent consideration paid
(171)
Reclassification of Q4 2020 payment to accrued expenses
(1,590)
Change in contingent consideration value
606
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$ 6,984
The difference between the amount paid in 2020 and the amount included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2019 is $87 and is included in the change in fair value of contingent consideration in our 2020 consolidated statement of operations.
The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the Company’s contingent consideration liability include the following significant unobservable inputs:
Contingent Consideration Liability
Fair Value
as of
December 31,
2020
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable
Inputs
Revenue-based Payments
$ 6,984
Discounted Cash FlowAnalysis under the Income Approach
Revenue discount factor, discount rate
Changes in the fair value of the Company’s warrant liability during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
Balance as of December 31, 2018
$
Issuance of warrant liability
192
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$ 192
Change in fair value of warrant liability
298
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$ 490
The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the Company’s warrant liability include the following significant unobservable inputs:
Warrant Liability
Fair Value
as of
December 31,
2020
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable
Inputs
Warrant to purchase 368,780 shares of Series D Preferred Stock
$ 490
Black Scholes option pricing model
Expected volatility, term,
risk-free rate
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(6) Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment consists of the following:
Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Furniture and fixtures
7
$ 358 $ 343
Computers, laptop and peripherals
5
2,367 1,767
Laboratory equipment
5
3,806 2,661
Leasehold improvements
Shorter of the lease
life or 7
1,261 1,078
Total property and equipment
7,792 5,849
Less: Accumulated depreciation
(2,264) (866)
Property and equipment, net
$ 5,528 $ 4,983
Depreciation expense of $1,398 and $655 relating to property and equipment was charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Demo inventory consists of the following:
Estimated
Life (Years)
December
2020
December 
2019
Demo inventory – gross
3
$ 2,010 $ 694
Less: Accumulated depreciation
(516) (219)
Demo inventory, net
$ 1,494 $ 475
Depreciation expense of $335 and $317 relating to demo equipment was charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(7) Intangible assets and goodwill
Intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Useful Life
(in years)
Customer relationships
$ 11,800 (1,774) 10,026 15
Developed technology
$ 8,300 (1,560) 6,740 12
Licenses
$ 63 (20) 43 15
Trade names and trademarks
$ 6,300 (1,184) 5,116 12
Capitalized software
$ 659 659 5
Non-compete agreements
$ 300 (170) 130 4
Total intangible assets
$ 27,422 (4,708) 22,714
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 are summarized as follows:
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Useful Life
(in years)
Customer relationships
$ 11,800 $ (989) $ 10,811 15
Developed technology
$ 8,300 (868) 7,432 12
Licenses
$ 63 (16) 47 15
Trade names and trademarks
$ 6,300 (659) 5,641 12
Non-compete agreements
$ 300 (94) 206 4
Total intangible assets
$ 26,763 $ (2,626) $ 24,137
Total amortization expense was $2,082 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In November 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with Stanford University (“Stanford”), pursuant to which Stanford granted the Company an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patent rights to make, use, import and commercialize products for diagnostic, industrial and research and development purposes. In accordance with the agreement, the Company capitalized non-refundable royalties paid to Stanford totaling $63, subject to straight-line amortization over a period of 15 years, or the term of the related agreement.
As of December 31, 2020, the amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets in future periods is expected to be as follows:
2021
2,215
2022
2,195
2023
2,140
2024
2,140
2025
2,139
Thereafter
11,885
Total
$ 22,714
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the goodwill balance is $18,262.
(8) Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Accrued payroll and compensation
$ 2,225 $ 2,991
Current portion of contingent consideration
1,590 2,543
Accrued inventory purchases
478 681
Other accrued expenses
2,722 2,366
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
$ 7,015 $ 8,581
(9) Debt and capital lease obligations
Term Loan Agreements
In September 2018, the Company entered into a term loan agreement with Pacific Western Bank that provided for an advance of $20,000 (the “PacWest Term Loan”) to the Company on the closing date. The Company utilized the PacWest Term Loan proceeds for the acquisition of certain assets of the QPS business of PKI (Note 4). The PacWest Term Loan Agreement additionally provided the Company with the option to request a second term loan advance of up to $5,000 (the “Undrawn Commitment”) at any point during the
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
period commencing on the closing date and ending on the PacWest Term Loan maturity date, and during 2019, the Company drew down on the additional $5,000.
Amounts borrowed under the PacWest Term Loan Agreement had an initial maturity of nine months from September 21, 2018 and accrued interest at a variable annual rate equal to the prime rate. The PacWest Term Loan Agreement was repaid in 2019.
In September 2019, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Innovatus Life Sciences Lending Fund I, LP (the “Lender”), under which the Lender agreed to make a term loan to the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000 (the “Innovatus Term Loan”). Amounts borrowed under the Loan and Security Agreement have an initial maturity date of September 1, 2024 and accrue interest at a floating annual rate equal to the sum of (a) the greater of 5.25% or the prime rate and (b) 3.75%, which was 9% at December 31, 2019. For each of the first 24 months, the Company will be paying 7.25% as cash interest and deferring 1.75% of interest until October 1, 2022. Deferred interest is $115 as of December 31, 2019. Principal payments (including the amortization of the accrued interest) of $1,079 per month commence on October 1, 2022. The Company utilized the Innovatus Term Loan proceeds to pay off the outstanding balance of the PacWest Term Loan in full on September 27, 2019. A final payment fee of $750 is due upon the earlier to occur of the maturity date or prepayment of such borrowings. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $123 and $38, respectively, related to the amortization of the final payment fee associated with the Innovatus Term Loan.
In October 2020, the Company entered into a new debt financing arrangement with Midcap Trust (the “Term Loan”), for a $37,500 credit facility, consisting of a senior, secured term loan to refinance all existing indebtedness with Innovatus. The Company received $32,500 in aggregate proceeds as a result of the debt financing, and the remaining $5,000 is available to be drawn from March 31, 2021, through June 30, 2021. In connection with its entry into the Term Loan, in October 2020, the Company paid off the full balance of the Innovatus Term Loan of $26,882, including the principal, accrued interest, prepayment fee, and final fee. The Company recognized $1,671 as loss on extinguishment which was comprised of $589 related to the final payment fee, not yet accrued as of the extinguishment date, a pre-payment fee of $509, legal and other fees of $6, and the remaining unamortized debt discount of $567.
The term of the Term Loan is interest only for 36 months followed by 24-months of straight-line amortization. Interest on the outstanding balance of the Term Loan shall be payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of one-month LIBOR plus 6.35%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.50%. The interest rate was 7.85% at December 31, 2020. At the time of final payment under the Term Loan, the Company is required to pay Midcap a final payment fee of 5.00% of the amount borrowed under the Term Loan. If the Term Loan is prepaid prior to the end of the Term, the Company shall pay to Midcap a fee as compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available in an amount determined by multiplying the amount being prepaid by (i) three percent (3.00%) in the first year, two percent, (2.00%) in the second year and one percent (1.00%) in the third year and thereafter. A final payment fee of $1,625 is due upon the earlier to occur of the maturity date or prepayment of such borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $59 related to the amortization of the final payment fee associated with the Term Loan.
Paycheck Protection Program Loan
In April 2020, the Company received a $2,476 small business loan under the Payroll Protection Program, part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES ACT”). In December 2020, we applied for forgiveness of the full loan amount using Any such forgiveness of indebtedness, in accordance with the CARES Act, does not give rise to federal taxable income. If not forgiven, the note bears interest at a rate of 1.00% and payments are scheduled to begin the latter of March 2021, or upon response by the SBA regarding our forgiveness application.
The PPP, established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times of the average monthly payroll expenses of the qualifying business. Such loan provides for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment when due and breaches of representations. The Company may prepay the principal of the loan at any time without incurring any prepayment charges. The loan is subject to all the terms and conditions applicable under the PPP and is subject to review by the
 
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Small Business Association (the “SBA”) for compliance with program requirements, including the Company’s certification that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP loan request necessary to support ongoing operations.
In June 2020, the Payroll Protection Program Flexibility Act (“PPPFA”) was signed into law adjusting certain key terms of loans issued under the PPP. In accordance with the PPPFA, the initial deferral period may be extended from six to up to ten months and the loan maturity may be extended from two to five years. The PPPFA also provided for certain other changes, including the extent to which the loan may be forgiven.
The loan’s principal and accrued interest are forgivable to the extent that the proceeds are used for eligible purposes, subject to certain limitations, and that the Company maintains its payroll levels over a twenty-four-week period following the loan date. The loan forgiveness amount may be reduced if the Company terminates employees or reduces salaries during the twenty-four-week period. The Company believes that it has used the proceeds for eligible purposes consistent with the provisions of the PPPFA. However, there can be no assurance that any portion of the loan will be forgiven.
As the legal form of the loan is a debt obligation, the Company is accounting for it as debt under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 470, Debt and recorded a short-term debt obligation of $1.0 million, and a long-term debt obligation of $1.5 million in the consolidated balance sheet upon receipt of the loan proceeds. If any amount of the loan is ultimately forgiven, income from the extinguishment of debt would be recognized as a gain on loan extinguishment in the consolidated statement of operations.
Debt consists of the following:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Innovatus Term Loan
$ $ 25,000
Midcap Trust Term Loan
32,500
PPP Loan
2,476
Plus: Paid-in-kind interest
115
Total debt
$ 34,976 $ 25,115
Unamortized debt discount
(515) (687)
Accretion of final fee
59 38
Total debt, net
$ 34,520 $ 24,466
Less amount included as short-term
$ (1,032) $
Long-term debt, net
$ 33,488 $ 24,466
As of December 31, 2020, future principal payments due under the Midcap Trust Term Loan and PPP Loan, excluding the $1,625 final payment fee, are as follows:
Year ended:
Midcap Trust
Term Loan
PPP Loan
December 31, 2021
$ $ 1,032
December 31, 2022
$ $ 1,238
December 31, 2023
$ 2,708 $ 206
December 31, 2024
$ 16,250 $
December 31, 2025
$ 13,542 $
Total minimum principal payments
$ 32,500 $ 2,476
As a condition precedent to the Innovatus Term Loan, the Company also sold shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the same terms provided to the other investors as described in Note 10 for an aggregate amount of $2,000 to the Lender as part of the Series D Financing. Additionally, as a condition precedent to the Innovatus Term Loan, the Company agreed to receive at least $25,000 in net proceeds from the Series D Financing by December 2019, which the Company completed on September 27, 2019, as discussed below. In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company also issued the Lender a warrant to
 
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
purchase 368,779 additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Warrant”) at a purchase price of $1.53 per share. The expiration date of the warrant is September 27, 2029. The holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, and on any exercise of the Warrant, the Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of the Warrant or portion. The initial warrant value of $192 was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the term of the Innovatus Term Loan. See Note 5 for valuation of Warrant.
In 2019 the Company entered into two leases for computer equipment and furniture which are classified as capital lease obligations in the consolidated balance sheets. In 2020, the Company entered into a lease for staining equipment which is classified as a capital lease in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the current portion of the lease obligations totaled $197 and $80, respectively, and the long-term portion totaled $277 and $205, respectively.
(10) Stockholder’s equity
Common Stock
The Company has authorized 79,042,222 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of which 62,220,020 shares are designated Class A common stock (“Class A Common Stock”) and 16,822,202 shares are designated Class B common stock (“Class B Common Stock” or collectively the “Common Stock”). Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of Class B Common Stock are not entitled to vote. The holders of Common Stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, a total of 2,563,765 and 2,286,872 shares of Class B Common Stock were issued and outstanding, respectively, and 4,656,050 and 4,932,952 shares of Class B Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, respectively, under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no shares of Class A Common Stock were issued and outstanding.
Preferred Stock
The Company has authorized 62,220,020 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of which 5,013,333 shares were designated Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock), 13,715,330 shares were designated Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 26,732,361 shares were designated Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), and 16,758,996 shares were designated Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series D Preferred Stock, or collectively the “Preferred Stock”).
In November 2015, the Company issued 5,013,333 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share. The issuance resulted in cash proceeds of $1,253.
In July 2017, the Company issued 13,715,330 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.6562 per share. The issuance resulted in cash proceeds of $8,943, net of issuance costs.
In September and November 2018, the Company issued 25,684,033 and 1,048,328 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, at a purchase price of $0.9539 per share. The issuances resulted in cash proceeds of $25,437, net of issuance costs.
On September 27, 2019, the Company issued 16,390,217 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.5253 per share. The issuance resulted in cash proceeds of $24,824 net of issuance costs (the “Series D Financing”).
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Preferred Stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:
Conversion rights
Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into Class A Common Stock shares at any time after the date of issuance. The number of Class A Common Stock shares to be issued in the event of a conversion is determined by dividing the original issue price of $0.25, $0.6562, $0.9539 and
 
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
$1.5253 for Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively, by the conversion price of $0.5825, $1,5289, $2.2226 and $3.5539 for Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock, respectively.
The Preferred Stock automatically converts into shares of Class A Common Stock at the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share of at least $3.05 with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $50,000 or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class.
Redemption
After the fifth anniversaries of the Series B, C and D original issuance dates, respectively, shares of the respective class of Preferred Stock may be redeemed at a price equal to the original issue price per share, plus all dividends accrued but unpaid and all declared but unpaid other dividends (the “Redemption Price”), in two semi-annual installments commencing not more than 180 days after receipt by the Company of written notice from two-thirds of the voting power of then outstanding shares of each respective class requesting redemption. No explicit redemption rights exist for Series A Preferred Stock. Since the Series B, C, and D are redeemable upon a liquidation event, which is not considered to be within the Company’s control, they have been classified in temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Dividends
Dividends accrue at a rate of 8% per annum on the original issuance price of Series B, C and D Preferred Stock (the “Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends become due and payable if the Preferred Stock is redeemed by election of the majority holders of Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock on or after the fifth anniversary of the applicable original issuance dates, or upon the occurrence of a liquidation event if the Series B, C or D Redemption Price, respectively, exceeds the aggregate of the Liquidation Preference plus Common Participation, as defined below, for that series of Preferred Stock. Except for the Accruing Dividends payable to holders of Series B, C and D Preferred Stock, holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends declared by the board of directors on an equal basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock and Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock is then convertible.
Liquidation Preference
Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or a merger, consolidation, lease or transfer of the Company (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”), shareholders of Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference in priority to holders of common stock equal to $0.25, $0.6562, $0.9539, and $1.5253 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation Preference”). In any such event, Series D and C Preferred Stockholders would receive first priority in liquidation payments; Series B Preferred Stockholders would receive next priority after Series C Preferred Stockholders, and Series A Preferred Stockholders would receive next priority after Series B Preferred Stockholders. Any remaining amounts would be distributed to holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on a pro rata basis, with the shares of Preferred Stock treated as if they have been converted into shares of Common Stock (the “Common Participation”).
In the event that the aggregate of the Liquidation Preference and Common Participation for Series B, C and D Preferred Stockholders, respectively, would fall short of the Liquidation Preference plus any accrued dividends not yet paid for that series of Preferred Stock, the assets would be distributed (i) first among Series D and C Preferred Stockholders in proportion to their aggregate Liquidation Preference amounts, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends until such amounts are paid in full; (ii) second, to Series B Preferred Stockholders in proportion to their aggregate Liquidation Preference amounts, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends until such amounts are paid in full; (iii) third, to Series A Preferred Stockholders and Common Stockholders pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder, with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock treated as if they have been converted into shares of Common Stock.
Voting Rights
Holders of Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a single class with the holders of Class A Common Stock, and have one vote for each equivalent common share into which the preferred
 
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
stock is convertible. Holders of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company, Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors of the Company, and holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company.
(11) Stock compensation plan
2015 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) was established for granting stock incentive awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants to the Company. The 2015 Plan provided for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units as determined by the board of directors. Under the 2015 Plan, stock options are generally granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of the common stock as determined by the board of directors, expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant, and vest over various periods not exceeding four years.
Stock Options
During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company granted options to employees with an aggregate fair value of $565 and $529, respectively, which are being amortized into compensation expense over the requisite service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), volatility of the Company’s common stock and an assumed-risk-free interest rate.
The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. In determining the fair value of the common stock, the methodologies used to estimate the enterprise value were performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Board of Directors, after consideration of a third-party valuation report, until the Company’s common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.
Expected Volatility.   Since the Company is a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of its common stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Expected Term.   The Company derived the expected term using the “simplified” method (the expected term is determined as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options), as the Company had limited historical information to develop expectations about future exercise patterns and post vesting employment termination behavior.
Risk-Free Interest Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.
Dividend Yield. The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
The following is a summary of option activity under the 2015 Plan:
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In years)
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
3,156,576 $ 0.44 8.9 $ 1,267
Granted
1,312,547 0.68
Exercised
(276,893) 0.44
Canceled
(271,743) 0.51
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
3,920,487 $ 0.51 8.2 $ 13,882
Exercisable at December 31, 2020
2,123,535 $ 0.40 7.8 $ 7,765
The table above includes 117,709 and 416,758 of performance-based option shares issued to employees in 2017 and 2019, respectively, with an exercise price of $0.30 and $0.44 per share, respectively, which are shown as granted in 2020. As of the original issuance date, the performance conditions were not established, and therefore there was no grant date as prescribed by ASC 718. In 2020, the options vested as performance conditions were established and determined to have been achieved. We recorded $274 of stock-based compensation expense for such awards in 2020.
The table above excludes 21,459 of performance-based option shares issued to employees in 2020 with an exercise price of $0.84 per share. As of December 31, 2020, the performance conditions of such options have yet to be established and therefore there is no grant date as prescribed by ASC 718.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees in the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.44 and $0.23 per share per share, respectively, and was calculated using the following estimated assumptions:
Year ended
December 31,
2020
Year ended
December 31,
2019
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
0.8%
2.2%
Expected dividend yield
0%
0%
Expected volatility
46.6%
44.2%
Expected term
5.4 years
5.9 years
Stock-based compensation related to the Company’s stock-based awards was recorded as an expense and allocated as follows:
Year ended December 31,
2020
2019
Cost of goods sold
$ 7 $ 2
Selling, general and administrative
347 103
Research and development
123 48
Total stock-based compensation
$ 477 $ 153
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was $478 and $446, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted to employees under the 2015 Plan. The Company expects to recognize that cost over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.8 and 2.6 years as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Such amounts exclude the performance grant options noted above.
Stock incentive awards to nonemployees were determined to be immaterial as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
(12) Income taxes
The components of net income (loss) before income taxes for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Domestic
(16,781) (14,665)
Foreign
117 108
Total
$ (16,664) $ (14,557)
The Company’s income tax provision for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Federal
State
5 16
Foreign
30 23
Total current tax provision
$ 35 $ 39
Federal
2 64
State
5 91
Foreign
Total deferred tax provision
$ 7 $ 155
Total tax provision
$ 42 $ 194
A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the expected tax benefit at the statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
2020
2019
Federal statutory rate
21.00% 21.00%
State rate, net of federal benefit
4.09% 4.98%
Permanent differences
(1.23)% (0.63)%
Tax credits generated
7.01% 6.03%
Change in valuation allowance
(24.49)% (23.55)%
Uncertain tax positions
(5.91)% (10.46)%
Foreign rate differential
0.02% 0.01%
Other items
(0.74)% 1.29%
Effective tax rate
(0.25)% (1.33)%
The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability consist of the following at December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Deferred tax assets
Net operating losses
$ 10,397 $ 6,135
Accruals & reserves
379 272
Intangibles
291 217
Other
186 441
Gross deferred tax assets
11,253 7,065
Valuation Allowance
(10,750) (6.668)
Net deferred tax assets
503 397
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation
(237) (129)
Goodwill
(436) (431)
Net deferred tax liability
$ (170) $ (163)
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based upon the level of historical U.S. losses and future projections over the period in which the net deferred tax assets are deductible, at this time, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences, and as a result the Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance for the full amount of the 2020 deferred tax assets. The increase in the 2020 valuation allowance is primarily attributable to the current year loss.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, for federal income tax purposes the Company had total net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $41,315 and $24,353, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $2,567 will begin to expire in 2036 and approximately $38,749 of the net operating losses will have an indefinite carryforward as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. For state income tax purposes, as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26,161 and $15,310, respectively, which begin to expire in 2036.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has available federal research development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1,544 and $943, respectively. The federal research credits will begin to expire in 2036. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has available state research development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1,220 and $734, respectively. The state tax credit carryforwards consist of credits with both a limited carryforward period and unlimited carryforward period. Unused credits with a limited carryforward period will begin to expire in 2032.
Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The Company has completed equity financings transactions which may have resulted in a change in control as defined by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, or could result in a change in control in the future. The Company does not believe the impact of any limitation on the use of its net operating loss or credit carryforwards will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty regarding future taxable income for the foreseeable future.
The Company has not yet completed a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. Once completed, this study may result in an adjustment to the research and development credit carryforwards claimed on the tax returns. Until such time a research credit study is completed, the Company will not record an asset for research credits claimed on the tax returns. If an adjustment is required at the time the study is completed, this adjustment would be recorded as an adjustment to the deferred tax asset for the research and development credit carryforward and the valuation allowance.
A rollforward of the uncertain tax position that was primarily related to our research and development tax credits is as follows (in thousands):
Uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2018
$
Increase in uncertain tax positions in the current period
1,677
Uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2019
1,677
Increase in uncertain tax positions
1,086
Uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2020
2,763
Uncertain tax positions of $2.8 million will impact our tax rate if realized.
Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to uncertain tax positions would be classified as income tax expenses in the accompanying Consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Company is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state and local income tax authorities for all years in which a loss carryforward is available. The statute of limitations for assessment by federal and state tax jurisdictions in which the Company has business operations is open for tax years ending December 31, 2016 and after. The tax years subject to examination vary by jurisdiction.
(13) Commitments and contingencies
Operating Leases
In November 2017, the Company entered into a month to month tenancy agreement for office and laboratory space in Menlo Park, CA. In connection with this agreement, the Company paid a security deposit totaling $56, which is recorded as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company additionally entered into a tenancy agreement for office and laboratory space in Hopkinton, MA as part of the Transition Services Agreement with PKI in 2018. This tenancy agreement expired in October 2019.
In July 2019, the Company entered into a seven-year office lease agreement for office and laboratory space in Marlborough, MA. In connection with this agreement, the Company paid a security deposit totaling $450 in the form of a letter of credit, which is recorded as restricted cash in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, in July 2019, the Company signed a seven-year lease agreement for office and laboratory space in Menlo Park, CA. In connection with this agreement, the Company paid a security deposit totaling $181, which is recorded as a component of long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet; the lease commencement date was May 2020.
Contractual cash payments for the Marlborough and Menlo Park lease by fiscal year are as follows:
2021
$ 1,140
2022
$ 1,179
2023
$ 1,219
2024
$ 1,259
2025
$ 1,300
Thereafter
$ 1,399
Total
$ 7,496
Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1,169 and $927, respectively.
License Agreements
In November 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (“Stanford”), pursuant to which Stanford granted the Company an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patent rights to make, use, import and commercialize products for diagnostic, industrial and research and development purposes. The Company agreed to pay annual license maintenance fees ranging from $20 to $50 for the royalty-bearing license to certain patents. The Company also issued a total of 91,559 shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the agreement in 2015, which were recorded at fair value at the date of issuance. The Company is required to pay royalties on net sales of products that are covered by patent rights under the agreement at a rate of 2.25%, subject to reductions and offsets in certain circumstances.
In September 2018, in connection with the acquisition of the QPS division of PKI, as further detailed in Note 4, the Company entered into a License Agreement with PKI, pursuant to which PKI granted the Company an exclusive, nontransferable, sublicensable license under certain patent rights to make, use, import and commercialize QPS products and services. The Company is required to pay royalties on net sales of products and services that are covered by patent rights under the agreement at a rate ranging from 1.0% to 7.0%. The Company recorded approximately $1.8 million and $2.5 million of accrued royalties in connection
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, payable in the first quarter of 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Transition Services Agreement
In September 2018, in connection with the acquisition of the QPS division of PKI, the Company entered into a Transition Services Agreement under which PKI will continue to provide various services (i.e. manufacturing, distribution) to the Company relating to the QPS division over a period of one year in exchange for payment. Over the term of the Transition Services Agreement, the Company will provide PKI with instrument demand forecasts for production and purchase orders specifying the quantity of items (i.e. instruments, consumables) to be purchased. Upon termination of the Agreement, all raw materials, work in process, replacement parts, supplies, and finished goods in the possession of PKI and not already owned by the Company will be purchased by the Company per the associated pricing list in the Transition Services Agreement. The nature of the future components of the Transition Services Agreement, and the amount of goods to be purchased from PKI upon termination of the Transition Services Agreement, is inherently variable based on the unknown future quantity of goods to be produced and goods and services to be provided to the Company under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. The Company paid $3,957 in 2019 for such inventory. In addition, the Company incurred expense of $3,408 to PKI under the Transition Services Agreement in 2019, which was terminated as of December 31, 2019.
Research Agreements
In 2019 the Company entered into a research arrangement with an unrelated third party. Under this arrangement, we are obligated to pay such third party $0.5 million, $0.4 million, and $0.1 million in 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively.
(14) Net loss and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
Potentially issuable shares of common stock include shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding employee stock option awards. Awards granted with performance conditions are excluded from the shares used to compute diluted earnings per share until the performance conditions associated with the awards are met.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:
Year ended
December 31,
2020
2019
Net loss
$ (16,706) $ (14,751)
Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock
(4,760) (3,260)
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
(296) (296)
Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders
$ (21,762) $ (18,307)
Weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
2,370,574 2,276,048
Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding
$ (9.18) $ (8.04)
The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include stock options, convertible preferred stock, and warrant, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders whenever the effect of including them would be to reduce the net loss per share. In periods where there is a net loss, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)
2,151,641 2,151,641
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)
5,886,405 5,886,405
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)
11,473,110 11,473,110
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)
7,034,423 7,034,423
Outstanding stock options
3,920,487 3,156,576
Performance-based stock options
21,459 534,467
Warrant to purchase Series D convertible preferred stock (as converted
to common stock)
158,274 158,274
Total
30,645,799 30,394,896
Unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per share
In contemplation of an initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2020. Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2020 is computed to give effect to adjustments to the denominator to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into 26,545,579 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2020 or the original date of issuance, if later.
Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss is the same as unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share attributable for the period as the impact of any potentially dilutive securities was anti-dilutive. The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include proceeds to be received from nor does it include shares expected to be sold in the assumed IPO.
The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock (in thousands, except share and per share data):
Year ended
December 31, 2020
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
$ (21,762)
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
2,370,574
Pro forma adjustment to reflect automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon the completion of the proposed IPO
26,545,579
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
28,916,153
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$ (0.75)
(15) Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations. Accordingly, the Company has a single reportable segment structure. The Company’s principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States.
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table provides the Company’s revenues by geographical market based on the location where the services were provided or to which product was shipped:
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
North America
$ 20,178 $ 22,202
APAC
10,409 9,444
EMEA
11,856 10,590
Total Revenue
$ 42,443 $ 42,236
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
North America
47% 53%
APAC
25% 22%
EMEA
28% 25%
Total Revenue
100% 100%
North America includes the United States and related territories, as well as Canada. APAC also includes Australia. For the period ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had one country with 11% and another country with 12% of total revenue, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States of America.
(16) Related party transactions
For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $0.2 million and $0.4 million in revenue, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.2 million in cost of goods sold, respectively with Stanford University. Stanford University holds greater than 5% of our total outstanding shares.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred costs of goods sold of approximately $1.5 million related to sales of consumables manufactured by Argonaut Manufacturing services. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $1.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, is included in inventory related to consumables manufactured by Argonaut Manufacturing services. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $0.6 million and $0.5 million in accounts payable, respectively, due to Argonaut Manufacturing services. Argonaut Manufacturing services is a portfolio company of Telegraph Hill Partners, which holds greater than 5% of our total outstanding shares.
(17) Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the Consolidated Balance Sheet date through March 12, 2021, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were originally issued and through April 12, 2021 for disclosure purposes.
(a)
Increase in shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan
In February 2021, the board of directors approved and in April 2021, its stockholders approved the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2015 Plan to be increased from 4,947,214 shares to 6,020,175 shares (an increase by 1,072,961 shares).
(b)
Reverse stock split and conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock
On April 8, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a 1-for-2.33 reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding common stock and a proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratios for each series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, which was effected on April 9, 2021. All issued
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and outstanding shares of common stock and related per share amounts contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented. The par value of the authorized stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. Other than the par value, all share and per share data shown in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retroactively revised to reflect the reverse stock split and adjustment of the Preferred Stock conversion ratios. On April 8, 2021, the Board of Directors approved the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Class B common stock on a 1 for 1 basis into 2,563,765 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, which will be effected upon the completion of the proposed IPO.
(c)
Approval of the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
On March 24, 2021, the Company’s board of directors and on April 8, 2021, its stockholders approved and adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The 2021 Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of the IPO. Under the 2021 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock or cash-based awards to individuals who are then employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company. A total of 1,727,953 shares of common stock were approved to be initially reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The number of shares under the 2015 Plan subject to outstanding awards as of the effective date of the 2021 Plan that are subsequently canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company will be added to the shares reserved under the 2021 Plan. In addition, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each calendar year during the ten-year term of the 2021 Plan, beginning with January 1, 2022 and ending with January 1, 2030, by an amount equal to 5% of the outstanding number of shares of the Company’s common stock on December 31st of the preceding calendar year or such lesser amount as determined by the Company’s board of directors.
(d)
Approval of the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On March 24, 2021, the Company’s board of directors and on April 8, 2021, its stockholders approved and adopted the 2021 Employee stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP will become effective on immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of the IPO. The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. A total of 172,795 shares of common stock were approved to be initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the ESPP will be automatically increased on the first day of each calendar year during the first ten-years of the term of the ESPP, beginning with January 1, 2022 and ending with January 1, 2030, by an amount equal to 0.5% of the outstanding number of shares of the Company’s common stock on December 31st of the preceding calendar year or such lesser amount as determined by the Company’s board of directors.
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
       Shares
Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
Common Stock
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_akoya-4clr.jpg]
Preliminary Prospectus
Joint Book-Running Managers
J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley Piper Sandler
Canaccord Genuity
Through and including           , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13.   OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Registrant”), other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, upon closing of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq exchange listing fee.
SEC registration fee
$ 16,511
FINRA filing fee
$ 23,201
Nasdaq exchange listing fee
$ 195,000
Printing and engraving expenses
$ 350,000
Legal fees and expenses
$ 1,350,000
Accounting fees and expenses
$ 500,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees
$ 5,000
Miscellaneous expenses
$ 60,288
Total
$ 2,500,000
*
To be provided by amendment.
ITEM 14.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering requires the Registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that the Registrant will indemnify its directors and officers and permit the Registrant to indemnify its employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers, whereby it has agreed to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
The Registrant maintains insurance policies that indemnify its directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ITEM 15.   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Since January 1, 2018, the Registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
(a)   Sales of Series D Preferred Stock
On September 27, 2019, the Registrant entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued and sold an aggregate of 16,390,217 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.5253, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million. On September 27, 2019, the Registrant also issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 368,779 shares of its Series D Preferred Stock, exercisable for a period of 10 years at an exercise price of $1.5253 per share, to Innovatus Life Sciences Lending Fund I, LP in connection with the entry into that certain Loan and Security Agreement with Innovatus Life Sciences Lending Fund I, LP in 2019.
No broker-dealers were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to the Registrant in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.
(b)   Sales of Series C Preferred Stock
On September 26, 2018 the Registrant entered into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued and sold an aggregate of 26,732,361 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $0.9539, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.5 million.
No broker-dealers were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to the Registrant in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.
(c) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options
From January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, the Registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,551,101 shares of its common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $0.91 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $0.51, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2015 Plan. The Registrant has also issued 291,152 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options under the 2015 Plan from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020.
The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (c) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with the Registrant’s employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.
All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a)
Exhibits.
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
1 .1
3 .1
3 .2#
3 .3#
3 .4#
5 .1
10 .1+#
10 .2+
10 .3+
10 .4+#
10 .5+#
10 .6+#
10 .7+#
10 .8+#
10 .9†#
10 .10†#
10 .11†#
10 .12†#
10 .13†#
10 .14#
10 .15#
10 .16 Offer Letter, dated March 2, 2021, including a Letter Amendment dated March 16, 2021, by and
between the Registrant and Frederic Pla.
21 .1#
23 .1
23 .2
24 .1#
+
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted for confidentiality purposes.
#
Previously filed.
 
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.   All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Marlborough, Massachusetts, on the 12th day of April, 2021.
Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
By:
/s/ Brian McKelligon
Brian McKelligon
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Brian McKelligon
Brian McKelligon
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
April 12, 2021
/s/ Joseph Driscoll
Joseph Driscoll
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
April 12, 2021
*
Garry Nolan, PhD
Director
April 12, 2021
*
Thomas Raffin, MD
Director
April 12, 2021
*
Thomas P. Schnettler
Director
April 12, 2021
*
Robert Shepler
Chairman of the Board
April 12, 2021
*
Matthew Winkler, PhD
Director
April 12, 2021
*By:
/s/ Brian McKelligon
Brian McKelligon
Attorney-in-Fact
 

Exhibit 1.1

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

[--] Shares of Common Stock

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

[--], 2021

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Piper Sandler & Co.

 

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

c/o Piper Sandler & Co.

U.S. Bancorp Center, 800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

 

As Representatives of the several

Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [--] shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares” and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [--] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1.            Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-254760), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

 

 

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [--], 2021 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

 

“Applicable Time” means [--] P.M., New York City time, on [--], 2021.

 

2.            Purchase of the Shares.

 

(a)          The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[--] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

 

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Except with respect to Option Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date (for which notice shall be given at least one business day prior to the Closing Date), any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

 

2

 

 

(b)         The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

 

(c)          Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, through the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP at 9:00 A.M. New York City time on [--], 2021, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

 

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company, as applicable. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

(d)          The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor the other Underwriters shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

 

3.            Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

 

(a)            Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

3

 

 

(b)           Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

 

(c)            Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(d)           Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on either Section 5(d) of, or Rule 163B under, the Securities Act.

 

4

 

 

(e)           Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives (x) with entities that are qualified institutional buyers (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Securities Act (“IAIs”) and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the Securities Act or (y) with entities that the Company reasonably believed to be QIBs or IAIs and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Rule 163B under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing the Waters Communication” means any Testing the Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(f)            Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

5

 

 

(g)           Software. The Company and its subsidiaries use and have used any and all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the MIT License, Apache License, GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“Open Source Software”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries use or distribute or have used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that, to the knowledge of the Company, requires or has required (i) the Company or its subsidiaries to permit reverse-engineering of any software code or other technology owned by the Company or its subsidiaries or (ii) any software code or other technology owned by the Company or its subsidiaries to be disclosed or distributed in source code form, licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or redistributed at no charge. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has deposited, nor could be required to deposit, into escrow the source code of any of its software and no such source code has been released to any third party, or is entitled to be released to any third party, by any escrow agent.

 

(h)           Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material aspects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of any unaudited financial statements which are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material aspects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material aspects the information shown thereby; all disclosures included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(i)            No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

6

 

 

(j)            Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

(k)            Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus,) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

 

(l)            Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”) and outstanding as of the date hereof, except, in each case, for any such matters as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

 

7

 

 

(m)           Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

 

(n)           Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(o)           The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied.

 

(p)           [Reserved].

 

(q)           Description of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(r)            No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having the jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)            No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule  or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8

 

 

(t)            No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

(u)           Legal Proceedings. There are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Company, no such Actions are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(v)           Independent Accountants. RSM US LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

 

(w)          Title to Real and Personal Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9

 

 

(x)            Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, licenses, inventions, technology, software, know-how, trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems, procedures, and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in, held for use in or necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of any third party; (iii) there is no pending action, suit, investigation, proceeding or claim by others, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any written notice, alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property of any third party or challenging the ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries has not been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party; (v) to the knowledge of the Company, all Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is valid and enforceable; and (vi) the Company and its subsidiaries have at all times taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property, the value of which to the Company or its subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof.

 

(y)           No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

 

(z)            Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(aa)         Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed, as applicable, through the date hereof (taking into account any duly obtained extensions), except where the failure to file such tax returns or pay such taxes, as applicable, would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10

 

 

(bb)         Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation; modification or nonrenewal would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be excepted to have a Materially Adverse Effect.. The Company and its subsidiaries are, and at all times have been, in material compliance with all statutes, rules and regulations applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, storage, import, export or disposal of any product manufactured or distributed by the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

(cc)          No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are party to any collective bargaining agreements.

 

(dd)         Certain Environmental Matters and Hazardous Materials. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known by the Company to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any applicable Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (z) none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries is or would reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in material violation by the Company or its subsidiaries of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries under any Environmental Law. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

 

11

 

 

(ee)         Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), provided to employees of the Company working in the United States for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Code would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA) (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan that is required to be funded exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, to the knowledge of the Company, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12

 

 

(ff)           Disclosure Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

 

(gg)         Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that have been designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses, if any, in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(hh)         Privacy. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have complied with and presently comply with applicable laws and statutes governing data collection, processing, use, protection, privacy, and security (including without limitation, to the extent applicable, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, the California Consumer Privacy Act and the European Union General Data Protection Regulation), as well as the written internal and external policies and contractual obligations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries that are applicable to data collection, processing, use, protection, privacy, and security (“Data Security Obligations”); (ii) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have received any written notification of or written complaint regarding non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no pending or threatened, action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries is not compliant with any Data Security Obligation.

 

13

 

 

(ii)            Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are generally maintained by similarly situated companies and which the Company believes are reasonably adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at comparable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business in all material respects.

 

(jj)            Cybersecurity; Data Protection. The Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform, in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, and, to the Company’s knowledge, are free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of their IT Systems and any data defined as “personal information,” “personally identifiable information,” “personal data” or other similar protected data or information under applicable law or regulation collected, processed, store or used by or on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries in connection with their businesses (“Personal Data”). Other than as described in the Registration Statement, to the Company’s knowledge, there have been no breaches, violations or unauthorized uses of or access to the IT Systems or Personal Data, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person or entity.

 

(kk)          No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate, representative or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

14

 

 

(ll)            Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency with respect to any jurisdiction where the Company and each of its subsidiaries conduct business (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(mm)        No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, representative, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

(nn)         No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(oo)         No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

15

 

 

(pp)         No Registration Rights. No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares; except for any such rights that have been validly waived.

 

(qq)         No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, affiliates have taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

 

(rr)           Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

(ss)          Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(tt)           Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(uu)         Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

(vv)         Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

 

(ww)        No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

16

 

 

(xx)          Regulatory Matters. The Company has operated and currently is in compliance in all material respects with applicable provisions of the Federal, Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.) and applicable provisions of the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “FDCA”).

 

(yy)         Description of Health Care Laws. The statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption: “Government Regulation” are true and correct in all material respects; and there are no U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) rules or regulations, which as of this date are material to the businesses of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries which are not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(zz)          Product Manufacturing. The manufacture of the Company’s products by      or, to the knowledge of the Company, on behalf of the Company, is not subject to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation set forth at 21 CFR Part 820, or any similar legal requirement promulgated by governmental authorities in the United Kingdom and the European Union, except where failures to so comply, whether individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not had any manufacturing site (whether Company-owned or, to the knowledge of the Company, that of a third-party manufacturer for the Company’s products) subject to a governmental authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition.

 

4.            Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)            Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(b)           Delivery of Copies. Upon written request of the Representatives, the Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 

(c)            Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects in a timely manner.

 

17

 

 

(d)           Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be by electronic mail) (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(e)            Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

 

18

 

 

(f)            Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)           Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as reasonably practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement, it being understood and agreed that such earning statement shall be deemed to have been made available by the Company if the Company is in compliance with its reporting obligations pursuant to the Exchange Act, if such compliance satisfies the conditions of Rule 158 and if such earnings statement is deemed to have been made available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).

 

(h)           Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the following: (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, other than the Shares to be sold hereunder.

 

The restrictions described above do not apply to (i) the issuance of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of this Agreement and described in the Prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the Closing Date and described in the Prospectus, provided that any such recipient, to the extent not already a party to a lock-up agreement with Representatives, enters into a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto for the remainder of the 180 day lock-up period; and (iii) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to a Company equity incentive plan or employee stock purchase plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

19

 

 

If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(i)            Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

 

(j)            No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

(k)            Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

[(l)           Reports. For a period of two years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed or furnished on EDGAR or any successor system.

 

(m)           Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act for the time period required.

 

(n)           Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(o)           Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

 

(p)           Transfer Restrictions. The Company will not waive or amend, and will take reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of all existing agreements, plans and arrangements restricting the transfer by any holder of such holder’s shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (the “Securities”) following the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby. The Company will issue stop-transfer instructions to the transfer agent with respect to any transaction that would constitute a breach of, or default under, such provisions. During the Restricted Period, the Company will enforce, and not waive or amend, such stop-transfer instructions and any transfer restriction, including any “market standoff,” “holdback” or similar agreement or provision, applicable to any Securities unless the Company shall have obtained the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; provided that this Section 4(p) shall not prohibit the Company from effecting such a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities which is permissible under the terms of the lock-up letters described in Section 6(m).

 

20

 

 

 

5.            Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

 

(a)            It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show approved by the Company in advance in writing), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

(b)            It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission.

 

(c)            It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

 

6.            Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)            Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

 

(b)            Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

21 

 

 

(c)            No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

 

(d)            No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(i) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(e)            Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate on behalf of the Company of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (d) above.

 

(f)            Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, RSM US LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(g)            Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

22 

 

 

(h)            Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(i)            Opinions of Intellectual Property Counsels for the Company. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. and Fish & Richardson P.C., each as intellectual property counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their respective written opinions, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(j)            No Legal Impediment to Issuance and Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

 

(k)            Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(l)            Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(m)            Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(n)            Certificate Regarding Beneficial Ownership. The Representatives shall have received, prior to the date of this Agreement, properly completed and executed Certifications Regarding Beneficial Ownership of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation.

 

(o)            Certificate of Chief Financial Officer. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the date hereof, the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Company with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package , providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in the form as appended hereto as Exhibit E.

 

23 

 

 

(p)            Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

7.            Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)            Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and other reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)            Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, the information contained in the sixteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth paragraphs describing passive market making and stabilization, all as under the caption “Underwriting”.

 

24 

 

 

(c)            Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonable and documented fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

25 

 

 

(d)            Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)            Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

 

(f)            Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

8.            Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.

 

26 

 

 

9.            Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

10.            Defaulting Underwriter.

 

(a)            If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

 

(b)            If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

(c)            If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company and the Underwriters will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

27 

 

 

(d)            Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

 

11.            Payment of Expenses.

 

(a)            Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (iv) the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters, not to exceed $10,000 (exclusive of filing fees); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (including the fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters not to exceed $45,000 related to such filings (exclusive of filing fees)); (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors, provided that (A) the Company and the Underwriters will each bear 50% of the cost of any aircraft used and (B) the Company and the Underwriters will each pay their own costs associated with hotel accommodations; and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Except as provided for by this Agreement, the Underwriters will pay all of their own expenses, including the fees of their counsel and travel and lodging expenses of the Representatives.

 

(b)            If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company will not pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Shares.

 

12.            Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

 

28 

 

 

13.            Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.

 

14.            Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

15.            Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

16.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk, c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department (fax: (212) 507-8999) and c/o Piper Sandler & Co., U.S. Bancorp Center, 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: Equity Capital Markets, with a copy to the General Counsel at 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 and LegalCapMarkets@pjc.com.

 

Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752, Attention: Brian McKelligon, with a copy to DLA Piper LLP (US), 4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100, San Diego, California 92121-2133, Attention: Michael S. Kagnoff and Patrick O’Malley.

 

(b)            Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(c)            Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(f)            Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

29 

 

 

(g)            Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

 

(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

As used in this Section 16(g):

 

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

 

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

 

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(h)            Counterparts, Headings. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission (i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

30 

 

 

(i)            Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(j)            Authority of Representatives. Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, and any such action taken by the Representatives shall be binding upon the Underwriters.

 

[Signature Pages as Follows]

 

31 

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

 Very truly yours,
  
 AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.
  

 

 By:  
   Name:
   Title:

 

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]

 

32 

 

 

Accepted: As of the date first written above

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

PIPER SANDLER & CO.

 

Each for itself and on behalf of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

By:    
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

By:    
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

PIPER SANDLER & CO.

 

By:    
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]

 

33 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Underwriter   Number of Shares 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   [--] 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC     
Piper Sandler & Co.     
Canaccord Genuity LLC     
Total:     

 

34 

 

 

Annex A

 

a.            Pricing Disclosure Package

 

[None.]

 

b.            Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

 

Underwritten shares: [--]

 

Option shares: [--]

 

Public offering price per share: $[--]

 

35 

 

Annex B

 

Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

·Investor Presentations dated February-March, 2021

 

36 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

Testing the Waters Authorization Letter

 

(To be delivered by Akoya Biosciences, Inc. to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC via email)

 

[--], 2021

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

 

In reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) and the affiliates and respective employees of each, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication shall be subject to prior approval by the Issuer's Chief Financial Officer prior to its dissemination to a potential investor, provided, however, that no such approval shall be required for any written communication that is solely administrative in nature (i.e., scheduling meetings) or that solely contains information already contained in a communication previously approved by the Issuer’s Chief Financial Officer. The Issuer has advised J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley that it does not intend to provide or authorize any written communications to potential investors other than communications that are solely administrative in nature, including communications that are contemplated by this authorization.

 

The Issuer represents that (i) except as disclosed to J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley, it has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (ii) it has not authorized anyone other than J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Issuer agrees that it shall not authorize any other third party to engage on its behalf in oral or written communications with potential investors without the written consent of J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley. The Issuer also represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

37 

 

 

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley and the affiliates and respective employees of each, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley a written notice revoking this authorization.

 

All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of:

 

·[***]

 

38 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

[--], 20[--]

 

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) of [---] shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [--], 2021 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [--], 20[--], with respect to [--] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [--], 20[--]; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[Signature Pages as Follows]

 

39 

 

 

Yours very truly,

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

By:    
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

By:    
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 

cc: Company

 

[Signature Page – Lockup Waiver]

 

40 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Press Release

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.
[--], 20[--]

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [--] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [--] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [--], 20[--], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

41

 

 

Exhibit D

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

, 2021

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

As Representatives of the several

Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto

 

Re:           Akoya Biosciences, Inc. --- Initial Public Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, and will not cause any direct or indirect affiliate to, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending at the close of business 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the Common Stock, “Lock-Up Securities”), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging during the Restricted Period in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (whether by the undersigned or any other person) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise. The undersigned further confirms that it has furnished J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC with the details of any transaction the undersigned, or any of its affiliates, is a party to as of the date hereof, which transaction would have been restricted by this Letter Agreement if it had been entered into by the undersigned during the Restricted Period.

 

42

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

 

(a)  transfer or dispose of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities:

 

(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes,

 

(ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy,

 

(iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),

 

(iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity of which the undersigned and one or more members of the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests,

 

(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above,

 

(vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution or other transfer or distribution to general or limited partners, members or shareholders of, or other holders of equity interests, in the undersigned,

 

(vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement or court order,

 

43

 

 

(viii) to the Company from an employee or other service provider of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee or other service provider,

 

(ix)  as part of a sale of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities acquired in the Public Offering (other than, in the case of an officer or director of the Company, any Securities such officer or director may purchase in the Public Offering) or in open market transactions after the closing date for the Public Offering,

 

(x) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan or other arrangement, each such agreement or plan which is described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus,

 

(xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Letter Agreement, or

 

(xii) prior to the first public filing of the Registration Statement for the Public Offering;

 

provided that (A) in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and, in the case of each of the foregoing and also in respect of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (xii), each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (ix) and (xii), no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 or any required Schedule 13F, Schedule 13G or Schedule 13G/A, in each case, made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above) and (C) in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(vii), (viii) and (x) it shall be a condition to such transfer that no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made and if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the Restricted Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer;

 

(b)  exercise outstanding options, settle restricted stock units or other equity awards or exercise warrants pursuant to plans or other equity compensation arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that any Lock-up Securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement;

 

44

 

 

(c) convert outstanding Class B common stock, preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock or convertible securities into shares of Common Stock or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock; provided that any such shares of Common Stock or warrants received upon such conversion shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement; and

 

(d) establish one or more trading plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer or disposition of shares of Lock-Up Securities; provided that (1) such plans do not provide for the transfer or disposition of Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan; and

 

(e) sell the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Lock-Up Securities, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such announcement. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

45

 

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Securities and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to enter into this Letter Agreement, participate in the Public Offering, or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

 

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advise the other in writing prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement that they have determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by June 30, 2021, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder or (iv) the Company files an application with the SEC to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, this Letter Agreement shall automatically, and without any action on the part of any other party, terminate and be of no further force and effect, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby consents to receipt of this Letter Agreement in electronic form and understands and agrees that this Letter Agreement may be signed electronically. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, electronic mail, or otherwise by electronic transmission evidencing an intent to sign this Letter Agreement, such facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other electronic transmission shall create a valid and binding obligation of the undersigned with the same force and effect as if such signature were an original. Execution and delivery of this Letter Agreement by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other electronic transmission is legal, valid and binding for all purposes.

 

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

[Signature Page as Follows]

 

46

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  If on behalf of an entity, the entity name and address:
   
   
   

 

 

 

Exhibit E

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.             That the name of this corporation is Akoya Biosciences, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on November 13, 2015 under the name Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

2.             That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19904. The name of the registered agent at such address is Cogency Global Inc.

 

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 79,042,222 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of which 62,220,020 shares are hereby designated “Class A Common Stock” and 16,822,202 shares are hereby designated “Class B Common Stock” and (ii) 62,220,020 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which 5,013,333 shares are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, 13,715,330 shares are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock”, 26,732,361 shares are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and 16,758,996 shares are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock”.

 

1 

 

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.            COMMON STOCK

 

1.             General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part A of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part A of this Article Fourth.

 

2.             Voting. The holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation, except as required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and pursuant to Section 3.2 of Part B of this Article Fourth below. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(6)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.            PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.             Dividends.

 

1.1           Series D Accruing Dividends. For so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below) shall accrue on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) (the “Series D Accruing Dividends”). The Series D Accruing Dividends shall only become due and payable if (i) the Series D Preferred Stock is redeemed under Section 6 or (ii) in the specific circumstance set forth in Section 2.1(e)(i) regarding payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock of not less than the Series D Redemption Price, including without limitation in connection with a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Corporation and certain stockholders of the Corporation dated on or about the date hereof). In the event any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock prior to the redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock or a Deemed Liquidation Event, then such Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any Series D Accruing Dividends. The “Series D Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.5253 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

2 

 

 

1.2           Series C Accruing Dividends. For so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below) shall accrue on such shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “Series C Accruing Dividends”). The Series C Accruing Dividends shall only become due and payable if (i) the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed under Section 6 or (ii) in the specific circumstance set forth in Section 2.21(e)(ii) regarding payment to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of not less than the Series C Redemption Price, including without limitation in connection with a Sale of the Company. In the event any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock prior to the redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock or a Deemed Liquidation Event, then such Series C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any Series C Accruing Dividends. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.9539 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1.3           Series B Accruing Dividends. For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below) shall accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “Series B Accruing Dividends”). The Series B Accruing Dividends shall only become due and payable if (i) the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed under Section 6 or (ii) in the specific circumstance set forth in Section 2.21(e)(iii) regarding payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of not less than the Series B Redemption Price, including without limitation in connection with a Sale of the Company. In the event any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock prior to the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock or a Deemed Liquidation Event, then such Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any Series B Accruing Dividends. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.6562 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series D Accruing Dividend, the Series C Accruing Dividends and the Series B Accruing Dividends shall be collectively referred to as “Accruing Dividends”.

 

3 

 

 

1.4            All Other Dividends. Except for the Accruing Dividends payable to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on a pan passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock and Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock is then convertible, as applicable. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).

 

2.            Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

 

2.1           Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.

 

(a)            Series D Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (“collectively, a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series D Original Issue Price, plus the Series D Accruing Dividend (whether or not declared), and, without duplication, any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series D Liquidation Amount”). If upon any Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock the Series D Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series D Preferred held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares of Series D Preferred were paid in full.

 

(b)            Series C Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference. Upon the completion of, and subject to, the distributions required by Section 2.1(a) above to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus the Series C Accruing Dividend (whether or not declared), and, without duplication, any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, after payment of the Series D Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the Series C Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

4 

 

 

(c)            Series B Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference. Upon the completion of, and subject to, the distributions required by Section 2.1(a) to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Section 2.1(b) to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus the Series B Accruing Dividend (whether or not declared), and, without duplication, any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, after payment of the Series D Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and the Series C Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the Series B Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

(d)            Series A Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference. Upon the completion of, and subject to, the distributions required by Section 2.1(a) to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Section 2.1(b) to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Section 2.1(c) to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $0.25 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “Series A Original Issue Price”), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). If upon any Liquidation Event, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, after payment of the Series D Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, after payment of the Series C Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and the Series B Liquidation Amount owed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Series A Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

5 

 

 

(e)            Notwithstanding Sections 2.1(a), (b), (c) and (d), and Section 2.2, (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, if the aggregate amount payable to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock with respect to such share as Series D Liquidation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) and Series D Participation Amount pursuant to Section 2.2 would be less than the Series D Redemption Price (as defined below), then the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock pursuant to Sections 2.1(b), (c), (d) and 2.2 an amount per share equal to the Series D Redemption Price and no other amount; (ii) upon the completion of, and subject to, the distributions required by Section 2.1(a) and 2.2, on the one hand, or Section 2.1(e)(i) on the other hand, to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, if the aggregate amount payable to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock with respect to such share as Series C Liquidation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) and Series C Participation Amount pursuant to Section 2.2 would be less than the Series C Redemption Price (as defined below), then such holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock pursuant to Sections 2.1(c), (d) and 2.2 an amount per share equal to the Series C Redemption Price and no other amount; (iii) upon the completion of, and subject to, the distributions required by Section 2.1(a), (b) and 2.2, on the one hand, or Section 2.1(e)(i) and (ii), on the other hand, to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, if the aggregate amount payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock with respect to such share as Series B Liquidation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1(c) and as Series B Participation Amount pursuant to Section 2.2 would be less than the Series B Redemption Price (as defined below), then such holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock as Series A Liquidation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1(d) and as Series A Participation Amount pursuant to Section 2.2 or the Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.2 an amount per share equal to the Series B Redemption Price and no other amount; and (iv) if distributions are made pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i), Section 2.1(e)(ii) and Section 2.1(e)(iii), the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they have been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable conversion rate.

 

2.2           Remaining Assets. In the event of any Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to (i) the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(a) above, (ii) the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(b) above, (iii) the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(c) above, and (iv) the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, with the shares of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they have been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable conversion rate (the pro rata portion of the remaining assets of the Corporation payable to the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing, hereinafter referred to as the “Series D Participation Amount”; the pro rata portion of the remaining assets of the Corporation payable to the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing, hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Participation Amount”; the pro rata portion of the remaining assets of the Corporation payable to the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing, hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Participation Amount”, and the pro rata portion of the remaining assets of the Corporation payable to the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing, hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Participation Amount”).

 

6 

 

 

2.3            Deemed Liquidation Events.

 

2.3.1       Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least three (3) days prior to the effective date of any applicable event:

 

(a)            a merger or consolidation in which

 

 (i)            the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

 (ii)           a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation;

 

(b)            the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

 

(c)            the sale or transfer by the Corporation or its security holders to a single person or group of affiliated persons, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of capital stock or convertible debt securities representing a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2       Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

(a)            The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2.

 

7 

 

 

(b)            In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(ii), 2.3.1(b) or 2.3.1(c), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right to require the distribution of the Available Proceeds (as defined below) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii); and (ii) if the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to distribute to the stockholders the Available Proceeds in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof. Prior to the distribution provided for in this Section 2.3.2(b) the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3       Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.3.4       Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

8 

 

 

3.            Voting.

 

3.1           General.

 

3.1.1       On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Class A Common Stock as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis. With respect to the Common Stock:

 

3.1.2       Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

3.1.3       Except as required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and pursuant to Section 3.2 below, holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.2           Number of Directors and Election of Directors. The exact number of directors on the Board of Directors shall be eight (8). For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation; for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation; for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (I) director of the Corporation; the holders of record of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation, and the chief executive officer of the Corporation shall serve as a director of the Corporation, to be elected by the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2, if any. If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

 

9 

 

 

3.3           Protective Provisions. At any time when at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock issued as of the Series D Original Issue Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series 13 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

3.3.1       liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

3.3.2       amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

3.3.3       create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, or securities exercisable or convertible into, any additional class or series of capital stock not existing as of the Series D Original Issue Date, or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of capital stock;

 

10 

 

 

3.3.4       purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof;

 

3.3.5       incur debt in excess of $250,000, except as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (which amount includes all debt of the Corporation outstanding at the Series D Original Issue Date);

 

3.3.6       create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

 

3.3.7       create or adopt, or increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under any equity incentive plan in excess of 11,527,008 shares of Common Stock (the “Option Plan Pool Amount”);

 

3.3.8       sell, lease, transfer, license or pledge any assets of the Corporation or subsidiary of the Corporation of a value of at least $500,000 (in a single transaction or series of related transactions); other than in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation and as approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

3.3.9       increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

3.4           Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued as of the Series D Original Issue Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

3.4.1       take any action that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series D Preferred Stock;

 

3.4.2       increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

 

11 

 

 

3.4.3       (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege; or

 

3.4.4       create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, or securities exercisable or convertible into, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption.

 

3.5           Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued as of the Series C Original Issue Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

3.5.1       take any action that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock;

 

3.5.2       increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

 

3.5.3       (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege.

 

12 

 

 

3.6           Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued as of the Series B Original Issue Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab Indio, and of no force or effect;

 

3.6.1       take any action that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

3.6.2       increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or

 

3.6.3       (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege.

 

4.            Optional Conversion.

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

 

4.1           Right to Convert.

 

4.1.1       Series D Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series D Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.5253. Such initial Series D Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

13 

 

 

4.1.2       Series C Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.9539. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.3       Series B Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.6562. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.4       Series A Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.25. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

The respective conversion price at the time of conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be defined as the “Conversion Price”.

 

4.1.5       Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not nifty paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock.

 

4.2           Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Class A Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

14 

 

 

4.3           Mechanics of Conversion.

 

4.3.1       Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation's transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder's shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b) if such holder's shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder's name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Class A Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted (other than Series D Accruing Dividends, Series C Accruing Dividends and the Series B Accruing Dividends).

 

4.3.2       Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

15

 

 

4.3.3       Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (other than any Series D Accruing Dividends, Series C Accruing Dividends and Series B Accruing Dividends). Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4       No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Class A Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5       Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4            Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

 

4.4.1       Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series D Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

(i)            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

16

 

 

(ii)           shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

(iii)          shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement, not to exceed the Option Plan Pool Amount, approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(iv)          shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security outstanding as of the Series D Original Issue Date;

 

(v)           shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, in each case, that are unaffiliated with the Corporation, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

(vi)          shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)            “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(c)            “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(d)            “Series B Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(e)            “Series C Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(f)             “Series D Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

 

4.4.2       No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (which must include the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock) agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of such series of Preferred Stock representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price applicable to such series of Preferred Stock as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

17

 

 

4.4.3       Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(a)            If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)            If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price, as applicable, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

18

 

 

(c)            If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Dates), are revised after the Series D Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)            Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 the Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)            If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

19

 

 

4.4.4       Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series D Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or deemed issuance, then the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

 

(b)            “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(c)            “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)            “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

 

(e)            “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5       Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)            Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

(i)            insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)            insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

20

 

 

(iii)            in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)            Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

(i)            the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)            the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6       Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5            Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

21

 

 

4.6            Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price (as applicable for the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock) then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)            the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)            the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7           Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

22

 

 

4.8           Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Section 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

 

4.9           Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price then in effect and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10         Notice of Record Date. In the event:

 

(a)            the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

23

 

 

(b)            of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)            of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the each series of Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.            Mandatory Conversion.

 

5.1            Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $3.05 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market or the New York Stock Exchange (a “Qualified IPO”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class (the time of such closing in clause (a) or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent in clause (b) is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Section 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

24

 

 

5.2            Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock subject to mandatory conversion shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (and any series thereof) accordingly.

 

25

 

 

6.            Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

6.1            General. Unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders and contingent upon the Corporation having legally available assets to pay the Redemption Price (as defined below), (i) shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Series D Original Issue Price per share, plus all Series D Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, plus all declared but unpaid other dividends thereon (the “Series D Redemption Price”), in two (2) semi-annual installments commencing not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date, from the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Redemption Request”), (ii) shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Series C Original Issue Price per share, plus all Series C Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, plus all declared but unpaid other dividends thereon (the “Series C Redemption Price”), in two (2) semi-annual installments commencing not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date, from the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Redemption Request”), and (iii) shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus all Series B Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, plus all declared but unpaid other dividends thereon (the “Series B Redemption Price” and collectively with the Series D Redemption Price and the Series C Redemption Price, the “Redemption Price”), in two (2) semi-annual installments commencing not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Series D Original Issue Date, from the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Redemption Request” “ and collectively with the Series D Redemption Price and the Series C Redemption Request, the “Redemption Request”). Upon receipt of a Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all necessary assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The date of each installment for payment of the Series D Redemption Price shall be referred to as a “Series D Redemption Date”, the date of each installment for payment of the Series C Redemption Price shall be referred to as a “Series C Redemption Date”, and the date of each installment for payment of the Series B Redemption Price shall be referred to as a “Series B Redemption Date”, and collectively with the Series D Redemption Date and the Series C Redemption Date, the “Redemption Date”). On each Series D Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis, the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock owned by each holder determined by dividing the total number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder outstanding immediately prior to such Series D Redemption Date by the number of remaining Series D Redemption Dates (including the Series D Redemption Date to which such calculation applies), on each Series C Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis, the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock owned by each holder determined by dividing the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder outstanding immediately prior to such Series C Redemption Date by the number of remaining Series C Redemption Dates (including the Series C Redemption Date to which such calculation applies), and on each Series B Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis, the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by each holder determined by dividing the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder outstanding immediately prior to such Series B Redemption Date by the number of remaining Series B Redemption Dates (including the Series B Redemption Date to which such calculation applies); provided, however, if at any time the Corporation has received the Series D Redemption Request, the Series C Redemption Request and/or the Series B Redemption Request, then thereafter (i) the Corporation shall pay the Series D Redemption Price to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in full as set forth in this Section 6.1 before any further payment of the Series C Redemption Price to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock or the Series B Redemption Price to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock may occur and (ii) the Corporation shall pay the Series C Redemption Price to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock in full as set forth in this Section 6.1 before any further payment of the Series B Redemption Price to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock may occur. If on any Redemption Date, Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, as applicable, the Corporation shall (i) first redeem on a pro rata basis the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) second redeem on a pro rata basis the maximum number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (iii) third redeem the remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

 

26

 

 

6.2            Redemption Notice. The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, not less than forty (40) days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)             the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)            the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

 

(c)            the date upon which the holder's right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4.1); and

 

(d)            for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

6.3            Surrender of Certificates; Payment. On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such applicable Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall, if a holder of shares in certificated form, surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the unredeemed shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series 13 Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

6.4            Rights Subsequent to Redemption. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the applicable Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such applicable Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that any certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of any such certificate or certificates therefor.

 

27

 

 

7.            Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.            Waivers. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series D Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock representing two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock representing a majority of the voting power of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived, either prospectively or retrospectively, on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock representing a majority of the voting power of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

9.            Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

28

 

 

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. if the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Eighth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Eighth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

TENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person's capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

29

 

 

ELEVENTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Eleventh shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Eleventh (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Eleventh containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

* * *

 

3.            That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.            That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

30

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Akoya Biosciences, Inc., has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 26th day of September, 2019.

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian McKelligon

    Brian McKelligon, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: The amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation set forth below was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and has been consented to in writing by the stockholders, and written notice has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

SECOND: The FOURTH section of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is amended in its entirety to read:

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 81,542,222 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share ("Common Stock"), of which 62,220,020 shares are hereby designated "Class A Common Stock" and 19,322,202 shares are hereby designated "Class B Common Stock" and (ii) 62,220,020 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share ("Preferred Stock"), of which 5,013,333 shares are hereby designated "Series A Preferred Stock", 13,715,330 shares are hereby designated "Series B Preferred Stock", 26,732,361 shares are hereby designated "Series C Preferred Stock" and 16,758,996 shares are hereby designated "Series D Preferred Stock".

 

THIRD: Subsection 3.3.7 of Section 3.3 (Protective Provisions) is amended in its entirety to read:

 

“3.3.7 create or adopt, or increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under any equity incentive plan in excess of 14,027,008 shares of Common Stock (the “Option Plan Pool Amount”);”

 

In Witness Whereof, Akoya Biosciences, Inc., has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its CEO and Secretary on March 30, 2021.

 

  AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
   
  By: /s/ Brian McKelligon
    Brian McKelligon, CEO and Secretary

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: The amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation set forth below was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and has been consented to in writing by the stockholders, and written notice has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

SECOND: The Article FOURTH of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is amended by adding the following new paragraph at the end thereof:

 

Upon this second paragraph of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective pursuant the DGCL (the “Effective Time”), (i) each 2.330 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding or held by the Corporation in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be reclassified into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock and (ii) each 2.330 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding or held by the Corporation in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be reclassified into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock, in each case without further action by the Corporation or any holder thereof (collectively, the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split, and in lieu thereof, the Corporation shall pay to each holder otherwise entitled to receive any such fraction an amount in cash (without interest) equal to the fair market value of such fractional share that such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive on the date of the Reverse Stock Split, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors."

 

THIRD: Part A of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add new Section 3 immediately following Section 2 thereof, which shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

“3.           Conversion of Class B Common Stock. At the Mandatory Conversion Time (as defined below), each issued and outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock without further action by the Corporation or any holder thereof and the Class A Common Stock shall thereafter be classified as “Common Stock”.”

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof, Akoya Biosciences, Inc., has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its CEO and Secretary on April 9, 2021.

 

  AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
   
  By: /s/ Brian McKelligon
    Brian McKelligon, CEO and Secretary

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, California 92121-2133

www.dlapiper.com

 

April 12, 2021

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor

Marlborough, MA 01752

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-254760)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on March 26, 2021 (File No. 333-254760) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), relating to an underwritten public offering of up to 7,567,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), which includes up to 987,000 Shares purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company.

 

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 16(a) of Form S-1 and Item 601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K.

 

We have examined such instruments, documents and records as we deemed relevant and necessary for the basis of our opinion hereinafter expressed. In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. As to matters of fact relevant to our opinion set forth below, we have relied, without independent investigation, on certificates of public officials and of officers of the Company. We express no opinion concerning any law other than the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, they will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Our opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above, and we render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the Company, the Shares, or the Registration Statement. This opinion is rendered as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you of any fact, circumstance, event or development that may hereafter be brought to our attention whether or not such occurrence would alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2 

 

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan 1
     
  1.1 Establishment 1
       
  1.2 Purpose 1
       
  1.3 Term of Plan 1
       
2. Definitions and Construction 1
       
  2.1 Definitions 1
       
  2.2 Construction 8
       
3. Administration 8
       
  3.1 Administration by the Committee 8
       
  3.2 Authority of Officers 9
       
  3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders 9
       
  3.4 Powers of the Committee 9
       
  3.5 Option or SAR Repricing 10
       
  3.6 Indemnification 10
       
4. Shares Subject to Plan 11
       
  4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable 11
       
  4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable 11
       
  4.3 Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares 11
       
  4.4 Share Counting 11
       
  4.5 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure 11
       
  4.6 Assumption or Substitution of Awards 12
       
5. Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations 12
       
  5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards 12
       
  5.2 Participation in the Plan 12
       
  5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations 13
       
  5.4 Nonemployee Director Award Limit 13
       
6. Stock Options 14
       
  6.1 Exercise Price 14
       
  6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options 14
       
  6.3 Payment of Exercise Price 14

 

-i-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page
       
  6.4 Effect of Termination of Service 15
       
  6.5 Transferability of Options 16
       
7. Stock Appreciation Rights 17
     
  7.1 Types of SARs Authorized 17
       
  7.2 Exercise Price 17
       
  7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs 17
       
  7.4 Exercise of SARs 18
       
  7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs 18
       
  7.6 Effect of Termination of Service 18
       
  7.7 Transferability of SARs 18
       
8. Restricted Stock Awards 19
     
  8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized 19
       
  8.2 Purchase Price 19
       
  8.3 Purchase Period 19
       
  8.4 Payment of Purchase Price 19
       
  8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer 19
       
  8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions 20
       
  8.7 Effect of Termination of Service 20
       
  8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights 20
       
9. Restricted Stock Units 21
     
  9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards 21
       
  9.2 Purchase Price 21
       
  9.3 Vesting 21
       
  9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions 21
       
  9.5 Effect of Termination of Service 22
       
  9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards 22
       
  9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards 22
       
10. Performance Awards 23
     
  10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized 23
       
  10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units 23

 

-ii-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page
       
  10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula 23
       
  10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals 24
       
  10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards 25
       
  10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions 27
       
  10.7 Effect of Termination of Service 27
       
  10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards 27
       
11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards 28
       
  11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards 28
       
  11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards 28
       
  11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards 28
       
  11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards 28
       
  11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions 29
       
  11.6 Effect of Termination of Service 29
       
  11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards 29
       
12. Standard Forms of Award Agreement 29
       
  12.1 Award Agreements 29
       
  12.2 Authority to Vary Terms 29
       
13. Change in Control 30
       
  13.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards 30
       
  13.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards 31
       
  13.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code 31
       
14. Compliance with Securities Law 32
       
15. Compliance with Section 409A 32
       
  15.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A.The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed 32
       
  15.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections 33
       
  15.3 Subsequent Elections 33
       
  15.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation 34

 

-iii-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page
     
16. Tax Withholding 36
     
  16.1 Tax Withholding in General 36
       
  16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares 36
       
17. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan 36
     
18. Miscellaneous Provisions 37
     
  18.1 Repurchase Rights 37
       
  18.2 Forfeiture Events 37
       
  18.3 Provision of Information 37
       
  18.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director 37
       
  18.5 Rights as a Stockholder 38
       
  18.6 Delivery of Title to Shares 38
       
  18.7 Fractional Shares 38
       
  18.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans 38
       
  18.9 Beneficiary Designation 38
       
  18.10 Severability 38
       
  18.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action 39
       
  18.12 Unfunded Obligation 39
       
  18.13 Choice of Law 39

 

-iv-

 

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.            Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

 

1.1            Establishment. The Akoya Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) is hereby established effective as of  the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Effective Date”).

 

1.2            Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

1.3            Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

 

2.            Definitions and Construction.

 

2.1            Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a)            Affiliate means (i) a parent entity, other than a Parent Corporation, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) a subsidiary entity, other than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the terms “parent,” “subsidiary,” “control” and “controlled by” shall have the meanings assigned such terms for the purposes of registration of securities on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

(b)            Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.

 

(d)            Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)            Cash-Based Award means an Award denominated in cash and granted pursuant to Section 11.

 

1

 

 

(f)            Cashless Exercise means a Cashless Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(i).

 

(g)            Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment, service, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

 

(h)            Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

 

(i)            any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

 

(ii)            an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(dd)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or

 

2

 

 

(iii)            a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(h) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(h) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(i)            Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)            Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

 

(k)            Company means Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

 

(l)            Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

(m)            Director means a member of the Board.

 

(n)            Disability means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the permanent and total disability of the Participant, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

3

 

 

(o)            Dividend Equivalent Right means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of Stock represented by an Award held by such Participant.

 

(p)            Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

 

(q)            Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(r)            Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

 

(i)            Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the basis of the opening, closing, or average of the high and low sale prices of a share of Stock on such date or the preceding trading day, the actual sale price of a share of Stock received by a Participant, any other reasonable basis using actual transactions in the Stock as reported on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, or on any other basis consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. The Committee may also determine the Fair Market Value upon the average selling price of the Stock during a specified period that is within thirty (30) days before or thirty (30) days after such date, provided that, with respect to the grant of an Option or SAR, the commitment to grant such Award based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period. The Committee may vary its method of determination of the Fair Market Value as provided in this Section for different purposes under the Plan to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

4

 

 

(iii)            If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Committee in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(s)            Full Value Award means any Award settled in Stock, other than (i) an Option, (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right, or (iii) a Restricted Stock Purchase Right or an Other Stock-Based Award under which the Company will receive monetary consideration equal to the Fair Market Value (determined on the effective date of grant) of the shares subject to such Award.

 

(t)            Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(u)            Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

 

(v)            Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(w)            Net Exercise means a Net Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(iii).

 

(x)            Nonemployee Director means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(y)            Nonemployee Director Award means any Award granted to a Nonemployee Director.

 

(z)            Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(aa)          Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

 

(bb)          Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

5

 

 

(cc)          Other Stock-Based Award means an Award denominated in shares of Stock and granted pursuant to Section 11.

 

(dd)          Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

 

(ee)          Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(ff)          Participant means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

 

(gg)          Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

 

(hh)          Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

(ii)            Performance Award means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units.

 

(jj)            Performance Award Formula means, for any Performance Award, a formula or table established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 which provides the basis for computing the value of a Performance Award at one or more levels of attainment of the applicable Performance Goal(s) measured as of the end of the applicable Performance Period.

 

(kk)          Performance Goal means a performance goal established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3.

 

(ll)            Performance Period means a period established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 at the end of which one or more Performance Goals are to be measured.

 

(mm)        Performance Share means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Share, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

 

(nn)          Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Unit, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

 

6

 

 

(oo)            Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

 

(pp)          Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

 

(qq)          Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

 

(rr)            Restricted Stock Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 9 to receive on a future date or occurrence of a future event a share of Stock or cash in lieu thereof, as determined by the Committee.

 

(ss)          Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

 

(tt)          SAR or Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7 to receive payment, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Award over the exercise price thereof.

 

(uu)          Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code.

 

(vv)          Section 409A Deferred Compensation means compensation provided pursuant to an Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ww)         Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(xx)            Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

 

7

 

 

(yy)          Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.5.

 

(zz)          Stock Tender Exercise means a Stock Tender Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(ii).

 

(aaa)          Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(bbb)        Ten Percent Owner means a Participant who, at the time an Option is granted to the Participant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

 

(ccc)         Trading Compliance Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

 

(ddd)        Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which an Award or shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.

 

2.2            Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

3.            Administration.

 

3.1            Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

8

 

 

3.2            Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to a committee comprised of one or more Officers the authority to grant one or more Awards, without further approval of the Committee, to any Employee, other than a person who, at the time of such grant, is an Insider, and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that (a) the Committee shall fix the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that may be granted by such Officers, (b) each such Award shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the appropriate standard form of Award Agreement approved by the Board or the Committee and shall conform to the provisions of the Plan, and (c) each such Award shall conform to such other limits and guidelines as may be established from time to time by the Committee.

 

3.3            Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

3.4            Powers of the Committee. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

 

(a)            to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock, units or monetary value to be subject to each Award;

 

(b)            to determine the type of Award granted;

 

(c)            to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

 

(d)            to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the Performance Measures, Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and Performance Goals applicable to any Award and the extent to which such Performance Goals have been attained, (vi) the time of expiration of any Award, (vii) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (viii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

9

 

 

(e)            to determine whether an Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, other property or in any combination thereof;

 

(f)             to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

 

(g)            to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

 

(h)            to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

 

(i)             to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards; and

 

(j)             to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Committee may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

 

3.5            Option or SAR Repricing. The Committee shall have the authority, without additional approval by the stockholders of the Company, to approve a program providing for either (a) the cancellation of outstanding Options or SARs having exercise prices per share greater than the then Fair Market Value of a share of Stock (Underwater Awards) and the grant in substitution therefor of new Options or SARs covering the same or a different number of shares but with an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per share on the new grant date, Full Value Awards, or payments in cash, or (b) the amendment of outstanding Underwater Awards to reduce the exercise price thereof to the Fair Market Value per share on the date of amendment.

 

3.6            Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

10

 

 

4.            Shares Subject to Plan.

 

4.1            Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be equal to Four Million Twenty-Six Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Two (4,026,132) shares, and such shares shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

 

4.2            Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2030, by a number of shares (the “Annual Increase”) equal to the smaller of (a) 5% of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the Board.

 

4.3            Share Counting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash. Upon payment in shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the SAR is exercised. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares purchased in the open market with proceeds from the exercise of Options shall not be added to the limit set forth in Section 4.1. Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to the exercise or settlement of Options or SARs pursuant to Section 16.2 shall not again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to the vesting or settlement of Full Value Awards pursuant to Section 16.2 shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.4            Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, the Annual Increase, the Award limits set forth in Section 5.3 and Section 5.4, and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to such Award. The Committee in its discretion, may also make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate, including modification of Performance Goals, Performance Award Formulas and Performance Periods. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

11

 

 

4.5            Assumption or Substitution of Awards. The Committee may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock reserved or available hereunder, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code. In addition, subject to compliance with applicable laws, and listing requirements, shares available for grant under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for awards under the Plan to individuals who were not Employees or Directors of the Participating Company Group prior to the transaction and shall not reduce the number of shares otherwise available for issuance under the Plan.

 

5.            Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations.

 

5.1            Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

 

5.2            Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Committee. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

 

12

 

 

5.3            Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

 

(a)            Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 4,026,132 shares, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022, and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2030, by a number of shares equal to the smaller of the Annual Increase determined under Section 4.2 or 201,307 shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5.

 

(b)            Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation (each being an ISO-Qualifying Corporation). Any person who is not an Employee of an ISO-Qualifying Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c)            Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

 

5.4            Nonemployee Director Award Limit. No Nonemployee Director shall be granted within any fiscal year of the Company one or more Nonemployee Director Awards pursuant to the Plan which in the aggregate are for more than a number of shares of Stock determined by dividing $250,000 by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined on the last trading day immediately preceding the date on which the applicable Nonemployee Director Award is granted.

 

13

 

 

6.            Stock Options.

 

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1            Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price less than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.2            Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

 

6.3            Payment of Exercise Price.

 

(a)            Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Committee and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Stock Tender Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) by any combination thereof. The Committee may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

(b)            Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

 

(i)            Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

 

14

 

 

(ii)            Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

(iii)            Net Exercise. A Net Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

 

6.4            Effect of Termination of Service.

 

(a)            Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate.

 

(i)            Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date).

 

15

 

 

(ii)            Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

(iii)            Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

 

(iv)            Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

(b)            Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 14 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6.5            Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

16

 

 

7.            Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

7.1            Types of SARs Authorized. SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a related Option (a Tandem SAR) or may be granted independently of any Option (a Freestanding SAR). A Tandem SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option.

 

7.2            Exercise Price. The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR shall be the exercise price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an SAR may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another stock appreciation right in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

7.3            Exercisability and Term of SARs.

 

(a)            Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent, and only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the Committee may specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares of Stock subject to the related Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, then the Option shall nevertheless remain exercisable in accordance with its terms. A Tandem SAR shall terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or canceled. Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to such SAR, the related Option shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem SAR as to some or all of the shares subject to such Option, the related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the related Option was exercised.

 

(b)            Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR; provided, however, that (i) no Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such SAR and (ii) no Freestanding SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such SAR (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of a Freestanding SAR, each Freestanding SAR shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the SAR, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

 

17

 

 

7.4            Exercise of SARs. Upon the exercise (or deemed exercise pursuant to Section 7.5) of an SAR, the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the SAR by reason of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount for each share with respect to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the exercise price. Payment of such amount shall be made (a) in the case of a Tandem SAR, solely in shares of Stock in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR and (b) in the case of a Freestanding SAR, in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR. When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR. For purposes of Section 7, an SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the Participant or as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.

 

7.5            Deemed Exercise of SARs. If, on the date on which an SAR would otherwise terminate or expire, the SAR by its terms remains exercisable immediately prior to such termination or expiration and, if so exercised, would result in a payment to the holder of such SAR, then any portion of such SAR which has not previously been exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion.

 

7.6            Effect of Termination of Service. Subject to earlier termination of the SAR as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an SAR shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Service only to the extent and during the applicable time period determined in accordance with Section 6.4 (treating the SAR as if it were an Option) and thereafter shall terminate.

 

7.7            Transferability of SARs. During the lifetime of the Participant, an SAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An SAR shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award, a Tandem SAR related to a Nonstatutory Stock Option or a Freestanding SAR shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

18

 

 

8.            Restricted Stock Awards.

 

 Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

8.1            Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of or satisfaction of Vesting Conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

 

8.2            Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

 

8.3            Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Committee, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

 

8.4            Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

 

8.5            Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

19

 

 

8.6            Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Committee and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders). In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

 

8.7            Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

8.8            Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

20

 

 

9.            Restricted Stock Units.

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

9.1            Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or the Vesting Conditions with respect to such Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

 

9.2            Purchase Price. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

9.3            Vesting. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.

 

9.4            Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Participant with a cash amount or with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Such cash amount or additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as are applicable to the Award.

 

21

 

 

9.5            Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

9.6            Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Company shall issue to a Participant on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award vest or on such other date determined by the Committee in compliance with Section 409A, if applicable, and set forth in the Award Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant to an adjustment described in Section 9.4) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of applicable taxes, if any. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award that if the settlement date with respect to any shares issuable upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then the settlement date shall be deferred until the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy but in any event no later than the 15th day of the third calendar month following the year in which such Restricted Stock Units vest. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by payment to the Participant in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

 

9.7            Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The right to receive shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

22

 

 

10.            Performance Awards.

 

Performance Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

10.1            Types of Performance Awards Authorized. Performance Awards may be granted in the form of either Performance Shares or Performance Units. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units subject thereto, the Performance Award Formula, the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Period applicable to the Award, and the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

 

10.2            Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in granting a Performance Award, each Performance Share shall have an initial monetary value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5, on the effective date of grant of the Performance Share, and each Performance Unit shall have an initial monetary value established by the Committee at the time of grant. The final value payable to the Participant in settlement of a Performance Award determined on the basis of the applicable Performance Award Formula will depend on the extent to which Performance Goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period established by the Committee.

 

10.3            Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula. In granting each Performance Award, the Committee shall establish in writing the applicable Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and one or more Performance Goals which, when measured at the end of the Performance Period, shall determine on the basis of the Performance Award Formula the final value of the Performance Award to be paid to the Participant. The Company shall notify each Participant granted a Performance Award of the terms of such Award, including the Performance Period, Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula.

 

23

 

 

10.4            Measurement of Performance Goals. Performance Goals shall be established by the Committee on the basis of targets to be attained (Performance Targets) with respect to one or more measures of business or financial performance or other criteria established by the Committee (each, a Performance Measure), subject to the following:

 

(a)            Performance Measures. Performance Measures based on objective criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, or, if such measures are not reported in the Company’s financial statements, they shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, a method used generally in the Company’s industry, or in accordance with a methodology established by the Committee prior to the grant of the Performance Award. Performance Measures based on subjective criteria shall be determined on the basis established by the Committee in granting the Award. As specified by the Committee, Performance Measures may be calculated with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary Corporation consolidated therewith for financial reporting purposes, one or more Subsidiary Corporations or such division or other business unit of any of them selected by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the grant of the Performance Award, the Performance Measures applicable to the Performance Award shall be calculated prior to the accrual of expense for any Performance Award for the same Performance Period and excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) on the Performance Measures of any change in accounting standards or any unusual or infrequently occurring event or transaction, as determined by the Committee, occurring after the establishment of the Performance Goals applicable to the Performance Award. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of Performance Measures in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights with respect to a Performance Award. Performance Measures may be based upon one or more of the following, without limitation, as determined by the Committee:

 

(i)            revenue;

 

(ii)           sales;

 

(iii)          expenses;

 

(iv)         operating income;

 

(v)          gross margin;

 

(vi)         operating margin;

 

(vii)        earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation expense, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

 

(viii)       pre-tax profit;

 

(ix)          net operating income;

 

(x)           net income;

 

(xi)          economic value added;

 

(xii)         free cash flow;

 

(xiii)        operating cash flow;

 

(xiv)        balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities;

 

(xv)         stock price;

 

(xvi)        earnings per share;

 

(xvii)       return on stockholder equity;

 

(xviii)      return on capital;

 

24

 

 

(xix)         return on assets;

 

(xx)          return on investment;

 

(xxi)         total stockholder return;

 

(xxii)        employee satisfaction;

 

(xxiii)       employee retention;

 

(xxiv)       market share;

 

(xxv)        customer satisfaction;

 

(xxvi)       product development;

 

(xxvii)      research and development expenses;

 

(xxviii)    completion of an identified special project;

 

(xxix)       completion of a joint venture or other corporate transaction; and

 

(xxx)        personal performance objectives established for an individual Participant or group of Participants.

 

(b)            Performance Targets. Performance Targets may include a minimum, maximum, target level and intermediate levels of performance, with the final value of a Performance Award determined under the applicable Performance Award Formula by the Performance Target level attained during the applicable Performance Period. A Performance Target may be stated as an absolute value, an increase or decrease in a value, or as a value determined relative to an index, budget or other standard selected by the Committee.

 

10.5            Settlement of Performance Awards.

 

(a)            Determination of Final Value. As soon as practicable following the completion of the Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained and the resulting final value of the Award earned by the Participant and to be paid upon its settlement in accordance with the applicable Performance Award Formula.

 

(b)            Discretionary Adjustment of Award Formula. In its discretion, the Committee may, either at the time it grants a Performance Award or at any time thereafter, provide for the positive or negative adjustment of the Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award to reflect such Participant’s individual performance in his or her position with the Company or such other factors as the Committee may determine.

 

25

 

 

(c)            Effect of Leaves of Absence. Unless otherwise required by law or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of the final value, if any, of a Performance Award held by a Participant who has taken in excess of thirty (30) days in unpaid leaves of absence during a Performance Period shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period during which the Participant was not on an unpaid leave of absence.

 

(d)            Notice to Participants. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), the Company shall notify each Participant of the determination of the Committee.

 

(e)            Payment in Settlement of Performance Awards. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), but in any event within the Short-Term Deferral Period described in Section 15.1 (except as otherwise provided below or consistent with the requirements of Section 409A), payment shall be made to each eligible Participant (or such Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to receive such payment by reason of the Participant’s death) of the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award. Payment of such amount shall be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, payment shall be made in a lump sum. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the payment to be made to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred payment date(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. If any payment is to be made on a deferred basis, the Committee may, but shall not be obligated to, provide for the payment during the deferral period of Dividend Equivalent Rights or interest.

 

(f)            Provisions Applicable to Payment in Shares. If payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of such shares shall be determined by dividing the final value of the Performance Award by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined by the method specified in the Award Agreement. Shares of Stock issued in payment of any Performance Award may be fully vested and freely transferable shares or may be shares of Stock subject to Vesting Conditions as provided in Section 8.5. Any shares subject to Vesting Conditions shall be evidenced by an appropriate Award Agreement and shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 8.5 through 8.8 above.

 

26

 

 

10.6            Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Performance Share Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares, if any (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Performance Share Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date the Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date on which the Performance Shares are settled or the date on which they are forfeited. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be credited to the Participant either in cash or in the form of additional whole Performance Shares as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Performance Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Performance Shares previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be accumulated and paid to the extent that the related Performance Shares become nonforfeitable. Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee, and may be paid on the same basis as settlement of the related Performance Share as provided in Section 10.5. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be paid with respect to Performance Units. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Performance Share Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Performance Share Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Performance Goals as are applicable to the Award.

 

10.7            Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the effect of a Participant’s termination of Service on the Performance Award shall be as follows:

 

(a)            Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death or Disability of the Participant before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award shall be determined by the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained with respect to the entire Performance Period and shall be prorated based on the number of months of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period. Payment shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

 

(b)            Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, such Award shall be forfeited in its entirety; provided, however, that in the event of an involuntary termination of the Participant’s Service, the Committee, in its discretion, may waive the automatic forfeiture of all or any portion of any such Award and determine the final value of the Performance Award in the manner provided by Section 10.7(a). Payment of any amount pursuant to this Section shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

 

10.8            Nontransferability of Performance Awards. Prior to settlement in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, no Performance Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Performance Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

27

 

 

11.            Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

11.1            Grant of Cash-Based Awards. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions, including the achievement of performance criteria, as the Committee may determine.

 

11.2            Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units, securities or debentures convertible into common stock or other forms determined by the Committee) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. Other Stock-Based Awards may be made available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

11.3            Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a monetary payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on such shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may require the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance criteria, the final value of Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance criteria are met.

 

11.4            Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Payment or settlement, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash, shares of Stock or other securities or any combination thereof as the Committee determines. To the extent applicable, payment or settlement with respect to each Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

28

 

 

11.5            Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Other Stock-Based Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares of Stock (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), if any, in settlement of such Award. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9.4. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be granted with respect to Cash-Based Awards. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.5, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Other Stock-Based Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of such Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions and performance criteria, if any, as are applicable to the Award.

 

11.6            Effect of Termination of Service. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain such Award following termination of the Participant’s Service. Such provisions shall be determined in the discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

 

11.7            Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Prior to the payment or settlement of a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award, the Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may impose such additional restrictions on any shares of Stock issued in settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such shares of Stock are then listed and/or traded, or under any state securities laws or foreign law applicable to such shares of Stock.

 

12.            Standard Forms of Award Agreement.

 

12.1            Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Committee and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

 

12.2            Authority to Vary Terms. The Committee shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

29

 

 

13.            Change in Control.

 

13.1            Effect of Change in Control on Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the definitive agreement entered into by the Company in connection with the Change in Control. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

 

(a)            Accelerated Vesting. In its discretion, the Committee may provide in the grant of any Award or at any other time may take such action as it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following the Change in Control, and to such extent as the Committee determines.

 

(b)            Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock, as applicable. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Committee in its discretion, an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

 

30

 

 

(c)            Cash-Out of Outstanding Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award denominated in shares of Stock or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Committee) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. In the event such determination is made by the Committee, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without payment of consideration to the holder thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

 

13.2            Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, including as provided by Section 15.4(f), in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Nonemployee Director Award shall become immediately exercisable and vested in full and, except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 13.1(b), shall be settled effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

 

13.3            Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(a)            Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

 

(b)            Determination by Tax Firm. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 13.3(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 13.3(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section (the “Tax Firm”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Tax Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm charges in connection with its services contemplated by this Section.

 

31

 

 

14.            Compliance with Securities Law.

 

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

15.            Compliance with Section 409A.

 

15.1            Awards Subject to Section 409A.The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed. The provisions of this Section 15 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that constitutes or provides for payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation. Such Awards may include, without limitation:

 

(a)            A Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR that includes any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (i) the exercise or disposition of the Award or (ii) the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Award first becomes substantially vested.

 

(b)            Any Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award that either (i) provides by its terms for settlement of all or any portion of the Award at a time or upon an event that will or may occur later than the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period (as defined below) or (ii) permits the Participant granted the Award to elect one or more dates or events upon which the Award will be settled after the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the term “Short-Term Deferral Period means the 2½ month period ending on the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. For this purpose, the term “substantial risk of forfeiture” shall have the meaning provided by Section 409A.

 

32

 

 

15.2            Deferral and/or Distribution Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, the following rules shall apply to any compensation deferral and/or payment elections (each, an “Election”) that may be permitted or required by the Committee pursuant to an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation:

 

(a)            Elections must be in writing and specify the amount of the payment in settlement of an Award being deferred, as well as the time and form of payment as permitted by this Plan.

 

(b)            Elections shall be made by the end of the Participant’s taxable year prior to the year in which services commence for which an Award may be granted to the Participant.

 

(c)            Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the Election determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above or as permitted by Section 15.3.

 

15.3            Subsequent Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, any Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation which permits a subsequent Election to delay the payment or change the form of payment in settlement of such Award shall comply with the following requirements:

 

(a)            No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent Election is made.

 

(b)            Each subsequent Election related to a payment in settlement of an Award not described in Section 15.4(a)(ii), 15.4(a)(iii) or 15.4(a)(vi) must result in a delay of the payment for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

 

(c)            No subsequent Election related to a payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(iv) shall be made less than twelve (12) months before the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

 

(d)            Subsequent Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in the subsequent Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in a subsequent Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the subsequent Election determined in accordance the preceding paragraphs of this Section 15.3.

 

33

 

 

15.4            Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation.

 

(a)            Permissible Payments. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation must provide for payment in settlement of the Award only upon one or more of the following:

 

(i)            The Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined by Section 409A);

 

(ii)           The Participant’s becoming “disabled” (as defined by Section 409A);

 

(iii)          The Participant’s death;

 

(iv)          A time or fixed schedule that is either (i) specified by the Committee upon the grant of an Award and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award or (ii) specified by the Participant in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 15.2 or 15.3, as applicable;

 

(v)           A change in the ownership or effective control or the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company determined in accordance with Section 409A; or

 

(vi)          The occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency” (as defined by Section 409A).

 

(b)            Installment Payments. It is the intent of this Plan that any right of a Participant to receive installment payments (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(c)            Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee Pursuant to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, no payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(i) in settlement of an Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation may be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (as defined by Section 409A) as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service before the date (the Delayed Payment Date) that is six (6) months after the date of such Participant’s separation from service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

 

(d)            Payment Upon Disability. All distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation payable pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(ii) by reason of a Participant becoming disabled shall be paid in a lump sum or in periodic installments as established by the Participant’s Election. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon becoming disabled, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon the determination that the Participant has become disabled.

 

(e)            Payment Upon Death. If a Participant dies before complete distribution of amounts payable upon settlement of an Award subject to Section 409A, such undistributed amounts shall be distributed to his or her beneficiary under the distribution method for death established by the Participant’s Election upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon death, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.

 

34

 

 

(f)            Payment Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount constituting Section 409A Deferred Compensation would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. Any Award which constitutes Section 409A Deferred Compensation and which would vest and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue or substitute for such Award in accordance with Section 13.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the date or dates such award would have been settled in accordance with its then existing settlement schedule (or as required by Section 15.4(c)), an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the time of the Change in Control.

 

(g)            Payment Upon Unforeseeable Emergency. The Committee shall have the authority to provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation for payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(vi) in settlement of all or a portion of such Award in the event that a Participant establishes, to the satisfaction of the Committee, the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency. In such event, the amount(s) distributed with respect to such unforeseeable emergency cannot exceed the amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution(s), after taking into account the extent to which such emergency need is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Award. All distributions with respect to an unforeseeable emergency shall be made in a lump sum upon the Committee’s determination that an unforeseeable emergency has occurred. The Committee’s decision with respect to whether an unforeseeable emergency has occurred and the manner in which, if at all, the payment in settlement of an Award shall be altered or modified, shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to approval or appeal.

 

(h)            Prohibition of Acceleration of Payments. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, this Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation, except as permitted by Section 409A.

 

(i)            No Representation Regarding Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company makes no representation that Awards shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A. No Participating Company shall be liable for any tax, penalty or interest imposed on a Participant by Section 409A.

 

35

 

 

16.            Tax Withholding.

 

16.1            Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock, to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement, or to make any payment in cash under the Plan until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

16.2            Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates (or the maximum individual statutory withholding rates for the applicable jurisdiction if use of such rates would not result in adverse accounting consequences or cost). The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to such Participating Company in cash.

 

17.            Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan.

 

The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Committee. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

 

36

 

 

18.            Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

18.1            Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

18.2            Forfeiture Events.

 

(a)            The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause or any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements of securities laws as a result of which, and to the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is required by applicable securities laws. In addition, to the extent that claw-back or similar provisions applicable to Awards are required by applicable law, listing standards and/or policies adopted by the Company, Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to such provisions.

 

(b)            If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, shall reimburse the Company for (i) the amount of any payment in settlement of an Award received by such Participant during the twelve- (12-) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and (ii) any profits realized by such Participant from the sale of securities of the Company during such twelve- (12-) month period.

 

18.3            Provision of Information. Each Participant shall be given access to information concerning the Company equivalent to that information generally made available to the Company’s common stockholders.

 

18.4            Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

 

37

 

 

18.5            Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.5 or another provision of the Plan.

 

18.6            Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

 

18.7            Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

 

18.8            Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit. In addition, unless a written employment agreement or other service agreement specifically references Awards, a general reference to “benefits” or a similar term in such agreement shall not be deemed to refer to Awards granted hereunder.

 

18.9            Beneficiary Designation. Subject to local laws and procedures, each Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any benefit under the Plan to which the Participant is entitled in the event of such Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. If a Participant dies without an effective designation of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company will pay any remaining unpaid benefits to the Participant’s legal representative.

 

18.10            Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

38

 

 

18.11            No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

 

18.12            Unfunded Obligation. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. No Participating Company shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Committee or any Participating Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of any Participating Company. The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating Company for any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

18.13            Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Akoya Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan as duly adopted by the Board on April 8, 2021.

 

  /s/ Brian McKelligon
  Secretary

 

39

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

AKOYA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

1.Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan 1

 

1.1Establishment 1

 

1.2Purpose 1

 

1.3Term of Plan 1

 

2.Definitions and Construction 1

 

2.1Definitions 1

 

2.2Construction 5

 

3.Administration 5

 

3.1Administration by the Committee 5

 

3.2Authority of Officers 6

 

3.3Power to Adopt Sub-Plans or Varying Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees 6

 

3.4Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms 6

 

3.5Policies and Procedures Established by the Company 6

 

3.6Indemnification 7

 

4.Shares Subject to Plan 7

 

4.1Maximum Number of Shares Issuable 7

 

4.2Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable 7

 

4.3Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure 8

 

5.Eligibility 8

 

5.1Employees Eligible to Participate 8

 

5.2Exclusion of Certain Stockholders 8

 

5.3Determination by Company 8

 

6.Offerings 9

 

7.Participation in the Plan 9

 

7.1Initial Participation 9

 

7.2Continued Participation 9

 

8.Right to Purchase Shares 10

 

8.1Grant of Purchase Right 10

 

8.2Calendar Year Purchase Limitation 10

 

-i-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

9.Purchase Price 10

 

10.Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction 11

 

10.1Amount of Payroll Deductions 11

 

10.2Commencement of Payroll Deductions 11

 

10.3Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions 11

 

10.4Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions 11

 

10.5Participant Accounts 12

 

10.6No Interest Paid 12

 

11.Purchase of Shares 12

 

11.1Exercise of Purchase Right 12

 

11.2Pro Rata Allocation of Shares 13

 

11.3Delivery of Title to Shares 13

 

11.4Return of Plan Account Balance 13

 

11.5Tax Withholding 13

 

11.6Expiration of Purchase Right 13

 

11.7Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants 14

 

12.Withdrawal from Plan 14

 

12.1Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan 14

 

12.2Return of Plan Account Balance 14

 

13.Termination of Employment or Eligibility 14

 

14.Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights 15

 

15.Nontransferability of Purchase Rights 15

 

16.Compliance with Securities Law 15

 

17.Rights as a Stockholder and Employee 16

 

18.Notification of Disposition of Shares 16

 

19.Legends 16

 

20.Designation of Beneficiary 17

 

20.1Designation Procedure 17

 

20.2Absence of Beneficiary Designation 17

 

21.Notices 17

 

-ii-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

22.Amendment or Termination of the Plan 17

 

-iii-

 

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

1.             Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

 

1.1           Establishment. The Akoya Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan) is hereby established effective as of the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Effective Date).

 

1.2           Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides such Eligible Employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The Company intends that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

 

1.3           Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.

 

2.             Definitions and Construction.

 

2.1            Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a)            Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)            Change in Control means the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

 

(i)            any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

 

1

 

 

(ii)           an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(p)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or

 

(iii)          a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(c) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(c) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(c)            Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)            Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

 

(e)            Company means Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

(f)            Compensation means, with respect to any Offering Period, regular base wages or salary, overtime payments, shift premiums and payments for paid time off, calculated before deduction of (i) any income or employment tax withholdings or (ii) any amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code. Compensation shall be limited to such amounts actually payable in cash or deferred during the Offering Period. Compensation shall not include (i) sign-on bonuses, annual or other incentive bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments, (ii) any contributions made by a Participating Company on the Participant’s behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code), (iii) payments in lieu of notice, payments pursuant to a severance agreement, termination pay, moving allowances, relocation payments, or (iv) any amounts directly or indirectly paid pursuant to the Plan or any other stock purchase, stock option or other stock-based compensation plan, or any other compensation not expressly included by this Section.

 

2

 

 

(g)            Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

(h)            Employee means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Plan, an individual shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. If an individual’s leave of absence exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individual’s right to reemployment with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract.

 

(i)            Fair Market Value means, as of any date:

 

(i)            If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

 

(ii)           If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

(j)            Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

 

(k)            Non-United States Offering means a separate Offering covering Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees are subject to a prohibition under applicable law on payroll deductions, as described in Section 11.1(b).

 

3

 

 

(l)            Offering means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.

 

(m)           Offering Date means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.

 

(n)            Offering Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, during which an Offering is outstanding.

 

(o)            Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

 

(p)            Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

 

(q)            Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(r)            Participant means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.

 

(s)            Participating Company means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation designated by the Committee as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible Employees, participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine from time to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies. The Committee shall designate from time to time and set forth in Appendix A to this Plan those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Plan.

 

(t)            Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

(u)            Purchase Date means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or, if so determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period.

 

(v)            Purchase Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6, included within an Offering Period and on the final date of which outstanding Purchase Rights are exercised.

 

4

 

 

(w)            Purchase Price means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.

 

(x)            Purchase Right means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase such shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other funds accumulated on behalf of the Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.

 

(y)            Registration Date means the effective date of the registration on Form S-8 of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan.

 

(z)            Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(aa)          Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.4.

 

(bb)         Subscription Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in such form as is specified by the Company, stating an Employee’s election to participate in the Plan and authorizing payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employee’s Compensation or other method of payment authorized by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.1(b).

 

(cc)          Subscription Date means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering Period or such earlier date as the Company shall establish.

 

(dd)         Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.2           Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

3.             Administration.

 

3.1           Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Right, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions of Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

5

 

 

3.2           Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

3.3           Power to Adopt Sub-Plans or Varying Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to adopt one or more sub-plans of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws or regulations, tax policy, accounting principles or custom of foreign jurisdictions applicable to employees of a subsidiary business entity of the Company, provided that any such sub-plan shall not be within the scope of an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Any of the provisions of any such sub-plan may supersede the provisions of this Plan, other than Section 4. Except as superseded by the provisions of a sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern such sub-plan. Alternatively and in order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to grant Purchase Rights in an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of Purchase Rights granted under the same Offering to Employees resident in the United States.

 

3.4           Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to establish separate, simultaneous or overlapping Offerings having different terms and conditions and to designate the Participating Company or Companies that may participate in a particular Offering, provided that each Offering shall individually comply with the terms of the Plan and the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to such Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section.

 

3.5           Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any Participant’s Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company may, from time to time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, establish, change or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Company’s delay or mistake in processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participant’s election under the Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and (e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company shall be taken consistent with the requirements under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, except as otherwise permitted by Section 3.3 and the regulations under Section 423 of the Code.

 

6

 

 

3.6           Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

4.            Shares Subject to Plan.

 

4.1           Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be Four Hundred Two Thousand Six Hundred Thirteen (402,613) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.2           Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased automatically on January 1,2022, and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2030, by a number of shares (the Annual Increase) equal to the smallest of (a) one-half percent (0.5%) of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 (b) an amount determined by the Board.

 

7

 

 

4.3           Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, the Annual Increase, the limit on the shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering (as described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2) and each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

5.             Eligibility.

 

5.1           Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except the following:

 

(a)            Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty (20) hours or less per week; or

 

(b)            Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year.

 

5.2           Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under the Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own, or hold options to purchase, stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee.

 

5.3           Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual’s attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

 

8

 

 

6.             Offerings.

 

The Plan shall be implemented by sequential Offerings of approximately six (6) months’ duration or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. Offering Periods shall commence on or about the first trading days of May and November of each year and end on or about the last trading days of the next October and April, respectively, occurring thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish additional or alternative concurrent, sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. If the Committee shall so determine in its discretion, each Offering Period may consist of two (2) or more consecutive Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase Period.

 

7.             Participation in the Plan.

 

7.1           Initial Participation. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b), an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic Subscription Agreement to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) not later than the close of business on the Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement in the manner permitted or required on or before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate Company office or representative on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period. An Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Offering Date of an Offering Period shall not be eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period provided the Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of such subsequent Offering Period.

 

7.2           Continued Participation. Except as provided in Section 7.2(b), a Participant shall automatically participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, or (b) terminated employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement.

 

9

 

 

8.             Right to Purchase Shares.

 

8.1           Grant of Purchase Right. Except as otherwise provided below, on the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (determined as provided below) by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Offering Date or (b) the Share Limit (determined as provided below). The Committee may, in its discretion and prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, (i) change the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of shares of Stock subject to Purchase Rights to be granted on such Offering Date, or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants in an Offering or on any Purchase Date within an Offering Period. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee. For the purposes of this Section, the Dollar Limit shall be determined by multiplying $2,083.33 by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and the Share Limit shall be determined by multiplying three hundred (300) shares by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole share.

 

8.2           Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

9.             Purchase Price.

 

The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to adjustment as provided by the Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase Price for each Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date.

 

10

 

 

10.           Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction.

 

Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Non-United States Offering, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the Participant’s Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was granted, subject to the following:

 

10.1         Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be deducted under the Plan from a Participant’s Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period shall be determined by the Participant’s Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall set forth the percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day during an Offering) or more than fifteen percent (15%). The Committee may change the foregoing limits on payroll deductions effective as of any Offering Date.

 

10.2         Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay day following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided herein.

 

10.3         Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop deductions from his or her Compensation by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the “Change Notice Date.” The Change Notice Date shall be a date prior to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the Participants. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1.

 

10.4         Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its discretion, suspend a Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted (a) under the Participant’s Purchase Right, or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an Eligible Employee, suspended payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence, or (ii) at the beginning of the next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.

 

11

 

 

10.5         Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation (and other amounts received from a non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(b)) shall be credited to such Participant’s Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All such amounts received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

 

10.6         No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participant’s Plan account.

 

11.           Purchase of Shares.

 

11.1         Exercise of Purchase Right.

 

(a)            Generally. Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) and Section 11.1(c), on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Offering Period and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. No shares of Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of a Participant whose participation in the Offering or the Plan has terminated before such Purchase Date.

 

(b)            Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deductions Are Prohibited by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of Participants who are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) are prohibited by applicable law, the Committee may establish a separate Offering (a Non-United States Offering) covering all Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies subject to such prohibition on payroll deductions. The Non-United States Offering shall provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable law. On each Purchase Date of the Offering Period applicable to a Non-United States Offering, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s Plan account balance accumulated during the Offering Period in accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a Participant during such Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. The Company shall refund to a Participant in a Non-United States Offering in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.

 

12

 

 

11.2         Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under the Plan or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be disregarded.

 

11.3         Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued to or for the benefit of each Participant the shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

 

11.4         Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participant’s Plan account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in the Participant’s Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.

 

11.5         Tax Withholding. At the time a Participant’s Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required to be withheld by any Participating Company upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. A Participating Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

 

11.6         Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participant’s Purchase Right remaining unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.

 

13

 

 

11.7         Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, a report of such Participant’s Plan account setting forth the total amount credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any, remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participant’s Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered in such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine. In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to that information provided generally to the Company’s common stockholders.

 

12.           Withdrawal from Plan.

 

12.1         Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing and delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) a written or electronic notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the Company office or representative designated by the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant’s withdrawal.

 

12.2         Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participant’s voluntary withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participant’s accumulated Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, and the Participant’s interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.

 

13.           Termination of Employment or Eligibility.

 

Upon a Participant’s ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate immediately. In such event, the Participant’s Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 20, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this Section 13. A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.

 

14

 

 

14.           Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights.

 

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date before the date of the Change in Control specified by the Committee, but the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Purchase Rights shall not be adjusted. All Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

15.           Nontransferability of Purchase Rights.

 

Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participant’s Plan account nor a Participant’s Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 20 shall not be treated as a disposition for this purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

16.           Compliance with Securities Law.

 

The issuance of shares under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. A Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

15

 

 

17.           Rights as a Stockholder and Employee.

 

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participant’s participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.4. Nothing herein shall confer upon a Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

 

18.           Notification of Disposition of Shares.

 

The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until such time as a Participant disposes of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right, the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participant’s name until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates evidencing shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

 

19.           Legends.

 

The Company may at any time place legends or other identifying symbols referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions or any provision convenient in the administration of the Plan on some or all of the certificates representing shares of Stock issued under the Plan. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Right in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include but shall not be limited to the following:

 

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON THE PURCHASE OF SHARES UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DEFINED IN SECTION 423 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY OF ANY TRANSFER OF THE SHARES BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE).”

 

16

 

 

20.           Designation of Beneficiary.

 

20.1         Designation Procedure. Subject to local laws and procedures, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash, or (b) cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. A Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the Company.

 

20.2         Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective designation pursuant to Section 20.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participant’s Plan account to the Participant’s legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

21.           Notices.

 

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

22.           Amendment or Termination of the Plan.

 

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan unless expressly provided by the Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Plan as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (i) terminate the Plan or any Offering Period, (ii) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (iii) reduce the discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date), (iv) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period, or (v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

 

17

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Akoya Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as duly adopted by the Board on April 8, 2021.

 

  /s/ Brian McKelligon
  Secretary

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

Participating Companies

 

Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

 

March 2, 2021

 

Frederic Pla, Ph.D.

[***]

 

Dear Frederic,

 

We are very excited about the prospects of your joining Akoya Biosciences, Inc. Should you accept this offer and upon successful completion of a pre-employment background check and drug screen we look forward to having you join the company on a date that is mutually convenient for both you and Akoya. This letter confirms the terms of your employment.

 

Position and Duties:

You shall serve in the position of Chief Operating Officer with Akoya Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) reporting to Brian McKelligon, CEO.

 

Your position, job description, manager, salary, duties, and responsibilities may be modified from time to time at the sole discretion of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. You agree to strictly adhere to all of the rules and regulations of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. as may be set forth in any Employee Handbook or published policies of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. now or in the future, including all amendments to the Handbook which may be made in the future in Akoya Biosciences, Inc.'s sole discretion (as published or amended from time to time, the "Manual”).

 

Compensation:

 

(a)Salary: Akoya Biosciences, Inc. shall pay you, and you agree to accept from Akoya Biosciences, Inc. in payment for your services to Akoya Biosciences, Inc., a salary of $325,000.00 per year (the "Yearly Salary"), payable in 24 equal installments of $13,541.67 on regular semi-monthly dates established by Akoya Biosciences, Inc., subject to applicable tax withholding requirements. Any proposed increase of your salary, compensation or benefits must be approved by Akoya’s CEO, Brian McKelligon.

 

(b)Annual Bonus. The Company has created an incentive pay plan under which you may be eligible for an Annual cash incentive bonus (the “Bonus”). Your target cash bonus opportunity (the “Bonus”) will be equal to 45% of your gross earnings in the calendar year. Any bonus will be based on a combination of your personal achievement as well as the Company’s ability to meet its financial and operational performance objectives. The payment of any Bonus shall be subject to your continued employment through the date of payment by the Company.

 

(c)Incentive Stock Options. The Company will offer you participation in an Equity Incentive Program. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), you will be provided an Option to acquire the number of shares equivalent to 850,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s stock option plan (the “Option”). 25% of the shares subject to the Option will vest on the first anniversary of your date of employment, with the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the Option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months on the same day of the month as your date of employment, subject to your continued service to the Company through each applicable vesting date. The exercise price per share of the Option will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date the Option is granted, as determined by the Board in good faith. There is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with this value. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences associated with accepting the Option.

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)Change of Control: In the event that your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A) or by the Constructive Termination (as defined in Exhibit A) on account of or within twelve (12) months following the date of the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined Exhibit A), (i) the vesting and exercisability of each of your outstanding stock awards (including any stock options, restricted stock or other awards granted to you by the Company) shall be automatically accelerated in full, and (ii) you will be entitled to receive your Salary, Cash Incentive Bonus paid at 100% of target and Benefits, for a period of twelve (12) months. All payments will be made in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. You agree that as a condition to receiving any severance compensation, you will execute and deliver to the Company a separation and release agreement pursuant to which you will release and waive all claims against the Company, its affiliates, and all of its an their present and/or former members, owners, officers, directors, employees agents attorneys and representatives.

 

(e)Compensation Review: In the event the Company completes and initial public offering, the Company and Board of Directors Compensation Committee agrees to review your full compensation package and make the necessary changes to bring it in alignment with market standards and the other members of the Akoya executive team.

 

No Other Employment:

You agree to devote your full business time, attention, and best efforts to the business of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. during the employment relationship. Akoya Biosciences, Inc.’s normal business hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. However, you may be required to work additional hours depending on the nature of your work assignments.

 

Time Off:

Employees at this compensation band are afforded unlimited PTO under the Akoya PTO policy as stated in the Employee Handbook.

 

Company Holidays:

The Company offers 9 paid Holidays per calendar year. The company holidays are listed in the benefits guide.

 

Benefit Plans:

You shall be entitled to participate in any standard health and other benefit plans established by Akoya Biosciences, Inc. on terms as may be established by Akoya Biosciences, Inc. in its sole discretion. Although you may be eligible for such benefits if they become available in the future, Akoya Biosciences, Inc. does not promise or represent that such benefits will in fact become available or that once made available they will be continued.

 

Employee Expenses:

Akoya Biosciences, Inc. will reimburse you for pre-approved business expenses, including those associated with business travel and lodging, (approved by the CEO.), as provided within the guidelines of Akoya Biosciences, Inc.’s expense policy. All expenses shall be subject to review and approval by your direct report and the CFO and shall require reasonable documentation.

 

Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement:

As a condition of your employment with Akoya Biosciences, Inc., you acknowledge that you have executed and delivered a copy of Akoya Biosciences, Inc.'s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and will abide by its terms. You acknowledge that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by you of the provisions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement would be inadequate, and you therefore agree that Akoya Biosciences, Inc. shall be entitled to injunctive relief in case of any such breach or threatened breach.

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

 

At-Will Employment:

Employment with Akoya Biosciences, Inc. is employment at-will. Employment at-will may be terminated with or without cause and with or without notice at any time at the will of either you or Akoya Biosciences, Inc. Terms and conditions of employment with Akoya Biosciences, Inc. may be modified at the sole discretion of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. with or without cause and with or without notice. Other than the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), no one has the authority to make any agreement for employment other than for employment at-will or to make any agreement limiting Akoya Biosciences, Inc.'s discretion to modify the terms and conditions of employment. Only the CEO has the authority to make any such agreement and then only in writing and signed by each of the CEO and the respective employee. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term, or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy, or practice.

 

Governing Law:

This Agreement is made and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. This Agreement and the Exhibits supersede and replace all prior agreements or understandings, oral or written, between Akoya Biosciences, Inc., and you, except for prior confidentiality agreements, if any. This Agreement may not be modified except by a writing signed both by the CEO and by you.

 

Arbitration:

In the event of any dispute in connection with this Agreement or the Exhibits, the parties agree to resolve the dispute by binding arbitration in San Francisco, California, under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"), with a single arbitrator familiar with employment and technology agreements appointed by AAA. In the event of any dispute, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs from the other party, whether the matter is litigated or arbitrated to a final judgment or award. The arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding on all parties and may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

Severability:

If any provision of this Agreement or the Exhibits is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder shall be unaffected and shall be enforceable against both Akoya Biosciences, Inc., and you.

 

This offer is contingent upon a background check clearance, reference check, drug test, and satisfactory proof of the employee’s right to work in the US, as required by law.

 

Employee Review and Receipt of Agreement:

You acknowledge that you have carefully read and considered all provisions of this Agreement and the Exhibits and agree that all of the restrictions set forth herein are fair and reasonably required to protect Akoya Biosciences, Inc.'s interests. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of this Agreement and the Exhibits as signed by you. You acknowledge that, prior to signing this Agreement, you have had an opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel of your choice relating to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

  By: /s/ Brian McKelligon
   
  Its: CEO
   
  Date: March 2, 2021

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

 

 

/s/ Frederic Pla  March 2, 2021
    
Frederic Pla, Ph.D.  [Date]

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

“Constructive Termination” shall mean (i) without your written consent, a material reduction in your Annual Salary, Objective-Based Bonus or Benefits, other than those part of a management-wide reduction, (ii) any material failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of this Offer, (iii) any action that results in a material diminution in your title, duties or responsibilities unless such changes are mutually agreed upon, (iv) a failure of a successor-in-interest under a Change of Control to assume all of the obligations of the company under this Offer, and (v) without your written consent, a requirement of relocation to a location more than 30 miles away from your current home address. In order to establish a “Constructive Termination” for terminating employment, you must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Constructive Termination and the Company must be provided with thirty (30) days thereafter to cure the condition to the extent that any of such reasons are susceptible to cure, such satisfaction to be reasonably determined by you.

 

“Cause” shall mean: (i) any act or omission by you which has an adverse effect on the Company’s business or on your ability to perform services for the Company, including, without limitation, the commission of, or a guilty or no contest plea to, any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations), (ii) refusal or failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, serious misconduct, excessive absenteeism, a breach by you of your fiduciary duty to the Company, or an act of fraud or dishonesty in the performance of your duties, (iii) refusal or failure to comply with the Company’s policies, or (iv) any breach of your obligations or duties under any written agreement between the Company and you, including, without limitation, this Offer.

 

“Change of Control” shall mean the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets of another corporation or entity, or other similar transaction (each, a “Business Combination”), unless, in each case, immediately following such Business Combination (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries,) and (B) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination.

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

March 16, 2021

  

[***]

 

Re: Amendment to the Akoya Offer Letter to Frederic Pla Dated March 3, 2021

 

Dear Frederic,

 

The recently fully executed offer letter between Akoya and you, “Akoya Offer Letter – Frederic Pla – March 3, 2021 – fully executed,” (“Offer”) and you shall be modified to include partial pay of your $325,000 annual salary between your start date of March 22nd and April 16th (“Amendment”). The goal is to support a smooth and gradual transition from your former employer (“PICI”) to Akoya. Payment timing will be aligned with Akoya’s current payroll schedule.

 

The transition and pay schedule will be as follows.

 

DATES  Days Split  Gross Earnings 
March 22 - March 26        
PICI  (2 days)     
Akoya  (3 days)  $3,750 
March 29 - April 2        
PICI  (2 days)     
Akoya  (3 days)  $3,750 
April 5 - April 9        
PICI  (1 day)     
AKOYA  (4 days)  $5,000 
April 12 - April 16        
PICI  (1 day)     
Akoya  (4 days)  $5,000 
   TOTAL:  $17,500 

 

Annual Salary  $325,000   Daily Salary:  $1,250 

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

You acknowledge that you have carefully read and considered the provisions in this Amendment and agree to the additions and changes to your Offer. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of this Amendment as signed by you.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  Akoya Biosciences, Inc.

 

 

  By: /s/ Brian McKelligon
   
  Its: CEO
   
  Date: March 16, 2021

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

 

 

/s/ Frederic Pla  March 16, 2021
    
Frederic Pla, Ph.D.  [Date]

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

“Constructive Termination” shall mean without your written consent, (i) a material reduction in your Yearly Salary, or Bonus, other than as part of a management-wide reduction, (ii) any material failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of this Offer, including a failure of a successor-in-interest under a Change of Control to assume all of the obligations of the company under this Offer, (iii) any action that results in a material diminution in your title, duties or responsibilities unless such changes are mutually agreed upon, , and (iv) a requirement of relocation to a location more than 30 miles away from your current home address. In order to establish a “Constructive Termination” for terminating employment, you must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Constructive Termination within 60 days of the initial existence of such condition, and the Company must be provided with thirty (30) days thereafter to cure the condition, and your employment must terminate within 30 days of the end of the cure period..

 

“Cause” shall mean: (i) any act or omission by you which has an adverse effect on the Company’s business or on your ability to perform services for the Company, including, without limitation, the commission of, or a guilty or no contest plea to, any crime (other than ordinary traffic violations), (ii) refusal or failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, serious misconduct, excessive absenteeism, a breach by you of your fiduciary duty to the Company, or an act of fraud or dishonesty in the performance of your duties, (iii) refusal or failure to comply with the Company’s policies or a directive from the Company, or (iv) any breach of your obligations or duties under any written agreement between the Company and you, including, without limitation, this Offer.

 

“Change of Control” shall mean the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets of another corporation or entity, or other similar transaction (each, a “Business Combination”), unless, in each case, immediately following such Business Combination (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries,) and (B) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination.

 

“Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable equity incentive plan. In the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, the definition is as follows: Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)            Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)            Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)            Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

1080 O’Brien Drive. Suite A, Menlo Park, CA 94025 | 855.896.8401 | www.akoyabio.com | 100 Campus Drive, 6th Floor, Marlborough, MA 01752

 

 

 

 

 Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-254760) on Form S-1 of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. of our report dated March 12, 2021 except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is April 12, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Akoya Biosciences, Inc. and its subsidiary, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

April 12, 2021